BARRYS JEWELERS INC /CA/
10-K, 1997-10-14
JEWELRY STORES
Previous: AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL PRODUCTS INC, 8-A12G, 1997-10-14
Next: TEKELEC, S-8, 1997-10-14



<PAGE>   1
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT to SECTION 13 or 15 (d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997. Commission File Number 0-15017

                             BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California                                                    95-3746316
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)

111 West Lemon Avenue, Monrovia, California                        91016
(Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code             (626) 303-4741

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                              Title of each class
                                  Common Stock
                                    Warrants

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days.          YES. [X]  NO. [ ]

Check if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or
any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

As of September 17, 1997, the aggregate market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the issuer based on the average bid and ask
prices of $0.25 and $0.16, respectively, of such common stock was
$512,734 based upon an average price of $0.20 multiplied by 2,563,672
shares of common stock outstanding on such date held by non-affiliates.

As of September 17, 1997, the issuer had a total of 4,029,372 shares of
common stock outstanding.

        APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
                        DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents
and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13, or 15 (d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution under a
plan confirmed by a court. [X] Yes. [ ] No.



<PAGE>   2



PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

                                  INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTORY  NOTE. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain  forward-
looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the Company
intends that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors
created thereby. See "--Private Securities Litigation Reform Act."

THE COMPANY. Barry's Jewelers, Inc. (the "Company," including the operations of
its predecessor; see "Selected Financial Data") is a chain of specialty retail
jewelry stores generally located in regional shopping malls. The Company's
stores offer fine jewelry items in a wide range of styles and prices, with a
principal emphasis on diamond and gemstone jewelry. As of May 31, 1997, the
Company operated 130 retail jewelry stores, principally in California, Texas,
Arizona, North Carolina, Utah, Indiana, Ohio, Colorado, Idaho, and Montana. As
measured by the number of retail locations, the Company is one of the larger
specialty retailers of fine jewelry in the country. The Company's corporate
office is located at 111 West Lemon Avenue, Monrovia, California, 91016, and its
telephone number is (626) 303-4741.

EVENTS LEADING UP TO CHAPTER 11. Throughout fiscal 1997, the Company experienced
significant operating losses that necessitated the Company's renegotiation of
financial covenants and certain other terms contained in its Amended Revolving
Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined in "Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") --
Liquidity and Capital Resources") during the second quarter of fiscal 1997.

        In January 1997, management announced its intent to implement a
Company-wide restructuring and other cost savings initiatives during the third
and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997. Those initiatives included a plan not to
renew leases on twelve stores and closing eighteen to twenty-four
under-performing stores with concurrent reductions in overhead at the Company's
remaining stores and reduction in corporate expenses. However, the management
team of the Company was replaced in February 1997 prior to the full execution of
the restructuring and cost savings initiatives. At the end of the third quarter,
the Company recorded restructuring charges of approximately $1.3 million
primarily related to severance and costs associated with eleven stores closed
during the quarter, impairment losses of approximately $2.0 million related
principally to impairment of leasehold improvements and fixtures at twenty-six
under performing stores and a $1.1 million charge to cost of goods sold to
hasten the liquidation of aged inventory in an effort to improve cash flow.

        At the end of the third quarter, due to continued operating losses, the
Company was not in compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the
Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement. As a result, the Company was unable
to make interest payments to the holders of the Company's 11% Senior Secured
Notes due December 22, 2000 (the "Notes"). Additionally, most vendors were not
extending terms, and substantially all new merchandise purchases were on a cash
basis. Because of these restrictions on cash flow and an inability to
renegotiate existing bank debt or raise additional capital through other
sources, the Company decided to seek bankruptcy protection.

PROCEEDINGS UNDER CHAPTER 11. On May 11, 1997 (the "Petition Date"), the Company
commenced a reorganization case by filing a voluntary petition (the "Chapter 11
Petition") for relief under chapter 11 ("Chapter 11") of title 11 of the United
States Code (as amended from time to time, the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Los Angeles
Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"), case number 97-27988-VZ. Management
determined that filing of the Chapter 11 Petition would allow the needed time
and flexibility to restructure the Company's operations, help assure the
continued flow of merchandise to its stores, and provide the time and protection
necessary to restructure the Company's funding sources.

        Since the Petition Date, the Company has continued in possession of its
properties and, as debtor-in-possession, is authorized to operate and manage its
businesses and enter into all transactions (including obtaining services,
inventories, and supplies) in the ordinary course of business, or out of the
ordinary course of business subject to approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after
notice and hearing. A statutory Creditors' Committee and an official
Bondholders' Committee have been appointed in the Chapter 11 case, and as of
September 17, 1997, an unofficial equity committee was in the process of being
formed.



                                       1
<PAGE>   3

        Subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petition, the Company sought
and obtained several orders from the Bankruptcy Court which were intended to
stabilize its business. The most significant of these orders: (1) authorized and
extended use of the Company's cash collateral through February 28, 1998 (see
"MD&A -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Stipulation Authorizing Use of Cash
Collateral" for a discussion of the Cash Stipulation (as therein defined)); (2)
approved a trade debtor-in-possession ("DIP") financing agreement (the "Trade
DIP Financing Agreement"), which allows the Company to obtain its expected
merchandise orders of over $50 million on extended trade terms while providing
the trade vendors with substantial support for the payment of their accounts
receivable; (3) authorized the Company to return approximately $8 million of
merchandise to vendors as credit against the vendors' prepetition claims in
exchange for at least $11 million of new merchandise on extended trade terms
(the "Vendor Return Program"); (4) authorized the Company to obtain merchandise
on consignment (the "Consignment Agreement"); and (5) authorized payment of
certain prepetition liabilities, principally prepetition wages and employee
benefits, and payments for certain prepetition customer and related service
claims. See "MD&A" for additional discussion of the Cash Stipulation, the Trade
DIP Financing Agreement, the Vendor Return Program and Consignment Agreement.

        The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a
going concern basis, which contemplates realization of assets and satisfaction
of liabilities in the normal course of business. As a result of the Chapter 11
Petition filing and circumstances relating to this event, such realization of
assets and satisfaction of liabilities is subject to uncertainty. A plan of
reorganization could materially change the amounts reported in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements, which do not give effect to adjustments to
the carrying values of assets and liabilities, which may be necessary as a
consequence of a plan of reorganization. The Company's ability to continue as a
going concern is contingent upon, among other things, its ability to formulate a
plan of reorganization that will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, to
achieve satisfactory levels of profitability and cash flow from operations, to
maintain compliance with the debtor-in-possession Trade DIP Financing Agreement
and terms of the Cash Stipulation, and the ability to obtain sufficient
financing sources to meet future obligations.

PRIOR RESTRUCTURING. During 1992, the Company effected a comprehensive
restructuring of its long-term debt obligations and capital structure. On
February 26, 1992, the Company voluntarily initiated a case under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code and filed a pre-negotiated Plan of Reorganization in the
United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California (the
"Court"). On June 19, 1992, the Court entered an order confirming the Company's
Amended Plan of Reorganization (the "Prior Reorganization Plan"). The effective
date of the Prior Reorganization Plan was June 30, 1992.

STRATEGY. The Company's operating strategy is to provide quality fine jewelry
displayed in attractive store locations at affordable prices. To enhance sales,
the Company makes credit financing available to qualified customers through its
own private label credit card and through various secondary credit sources. The
Company's sales capabilities are supported by a trained and knowledgeable sales
staff, an automated, centralized credit and collection system for the
authorization of credit sales and collection of accounts, and a centralized
distribution system to replenish merchandise to the stores.

MERCHANDISE STRATEGY. Under the leadership of the Company's new management team,
the Company's merchandising presentation is being expanded to include broader
diamond fashion and gold assortments. Management believes that through its
vendor partnerships that allow for a large amount of merchandise to be brought
in under exclusive consignment arrangements, it should be able to expand these
assortments and focus on key categories. As a result, the stores are expected to
offer dominant assortments of quality jewelry in the fashion areas, thereby
contributing to an enhancement of overall merchandise presentation and of the
Company's ability to capture a larger market share.

        On July 22, 1997, the Company reached an agreement with its vendors and
creditors regarding the terms of the Trade DIP Financing Agreement, Vendor
Return Program, and Consignment Agreement. See "-- Proceedings Under Chapter
11." These vendor programs, along with an increase in available borrowing under
the Company's Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of
the Cash Stipulation (see "MD&A -- Liquidity and Capital Resources"), are 
expected to help management to implement its new merchandise strategy.

MERCHANDISE MIX. The Company is repositioning its merchandising assortments to
provide an emphasis in the diamond fashion and gold departments. This is being
implemented in addition to the Company's prior focus on bridal product, which
accounted for 44% of the Company's sales for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997.



                                       2
<PAGE>   4

INVENTORY PURCHASING. Buyers located in the Company's corporate offices purchase
most of the stores' merchandise. Each store's inventory is replenished weekly or
more often during peak selling seasons. Management believes that centralized
merchandise purchasing provides the Company with quality controls and price
advantages.

        Three vendors have accounted for 25%, 21%, and 17% of the Company's
merchandise purchases for fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively. Management
believes that the Company's relationship with these three vendors, as well as
its other vendors, is good. These vendors, and all vendors key to the Company's
new merchandising strategy, have agreed to participate in the Trade DIP
Financing Agreement and the Vendor Return Program.

SUPPLY AND PRICE FLUCTUATIONS. The world supply and price of diamonds are
influenced considerably by the Central Selling Organization ("CSO"), which is
the marketing arm of DeBeers Consolidated Mines, Ltd. ("DeBeers"), a South
African company. Through the CSO, over the past several years, DeBeers has
supplied approximately 80% of the world demand for rough diamonds, selling to
gem cutters and polishers at controlled prices.

        The continued availability of diamonds to the Company's suppliers is
dependent, to some degree, upon the political and economic situation in South
Africa. While several other countries, including Australia, the Commonwealth of
Independent States, Zaire, Angola, Tanzania and Sierra Leone are suppliers of
diamonds, the Company cannot predict with any certainty the effect on the
overall supply or price of diamonds in the event of an interruption of supplies
from South Africa, the CSO or DeBeers.

        The Company is subject to other supply risks, including fluctuations in
the price of precious gems and metals. The Company presently does not engage in
any hedging activity with respect to possible fluctuations in the price of these
items. If such fluctuations should be unusually large or rapid and result in
prolonged higher or lower prices, there is no assurance that the necessary
retail price adjustments will be made quickly enough to prevent the Company from
being adversely affected.

TRADE NAMES. The Company predominantly operates under four trade names
representing 124 of the 130 stores: Hatfield Jewelers, Mission Jewelers, Samuels
Jewelers, and Schubach Jewelers. Two other trade names make up the remaining
six stores: A. Hirsh & Son Jewelers and The Ringmaker. The Company believes that
except for the Samuels Jewelers, Schubach Jewelers, and Mission Jewelers
tradenames, the loss of any of the other tradenames would not have a material
effect on its business.



                                       3
<PAGE>   5




STORE PERFORMANCE. The following table sets forth selected data with respect to
the Company's operations for the five fiscal years ended May 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                       1997      1996    1995    1994    1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Number of stores at
 beginning of year                      161      162      144      144     145
    Acquired during the year             --       --       15       --      --
    Opened during the year               17        7        8        1      --
    Closed during the year(1)           (48)      (8)      (5)      (1)     (1)
                                       ----      ----     ----    ----     ----
Total at year end                       130      161      162      144     144

Percentage increase (decrease)
 in sales of comparable stores(2)     (10.0)%    2.2%    11.0%     7.4%    9.1%

Average sales per comparable
 store (in thousands)(2)              $ 709    $ 905    $ 871    $ 792   $ 736
</TABLE>

- ----------
   (1) The 48 stores closed during fiscal 1997 are comprised of 33 stores closed
       on or about May 11, 1997, as part of the Company's Chapter 11 Petition 
       filing; 11 stores closed in connection with the restructuring, announced
       in January 1997, and 4 other stores closed during the year.
   (2) Comparable stores are stores that were open for the same period in both
       the current and preceding years.

CREDIT PROGRAM. The Company's credit policy is intended to complement its
overall sales strategy. The principal objective is the extension of credit to
those customers which will produce the most reasonable rate of return. The
Company also offers credit insurance to its customers. This insurance program,
underwritten by a major insurance company, generally provides coverage for life,
disability, unemployment and loss of property.

           Sales under the Company's credit program accounted for approximately
56% of fiscal 1997 sales, net of down payments. Payment periods for the credit
sales generally range from 24 to 36 months. Customers may also purchase jewelry
for cash and by using major national credit cards.

SEASONALITY. The level of success of the Company is heavily dependent each year
on the success of its Christmas selling season, which in turn depends on many
factors beyond the Company's control, including the general business environment
and competition in the industry. Sales during the Christmas season (which
includes the period from the day following Thanksgiving day to December 31)
generally account for approximately 25% of net sales and all or nearly all of
annual earnings. For the Christmas selling season during fiscal 1997, net sales
were $32.4 million.

           As previously discussed, the Company experienced significant
operating losses during fiscal 1997, including an operating loss of $6.8 million
for the third quarter ended February 28, 1997. Not since the Company's Prior
Reorganization has it failed to report net income for the third quarter, which
includes the Christmas selling season.

COMPETITION. The retail jewelry industry is highly competitive. It is estimated
that there are approximately 35,000 retail jewelry stores in the United States,
most of which are independently operated and not part of a major chain. Numerous
companies, including publicly and privately held independent stores and small
chains, department stores, catalog showrooms, direct mail suppliers, and TV
shopping networks, provide competition on a national and regional basis. The
malls and shopping centers where many of the Company's stores are located
typically contain several other national chain or independent jewelry stores as
well as one or more jewelry departments located in the "anchor" department
stores. Certain of the Company's competitors are substantially larger than the
Company and have greater financial resources.



                                       4
<PAGE>   6

           Management believes that the primary elements of competition in the
retail jewelry business are quality of personnel, level of customer service,
breadth, depth, price and quality of merchandise offered, credit terms and store
location and design. Management believes that the Company has been unable to
compete successfully in recent years because of its failed merchandising
programs, poor credit underwriting practices, cash flow constraints, excessive
collection costs, poor inventory controls and below-average percentage of
consignment inventory, executive turnover, restrictive financing arrangements,
ineffective investment in technology and the resultant excessive administrative
costs. In addition, the Company believes that, as the jewelry retailing industry
consolidates, the ability to compete effectively may become increasingly
dependent on volume purchasing capability, regional market focus, superior
management information systems, and the ability to provide customer service
through trained and knowledgeable sales staffs. However, the competitive
environment is often affected by factors beyond a particular retailer's control,
such as shifts in consumer preferences, economic conditions, population and
traffic patterns.

EMPLOYEES. At May 31, 1997, the Company had 1,171 full- and part-time employees.
Unions represented 26 employees, or 2% of the Company's employees, at such date.
Union contracts covering these employees expired on August 31, 1996; however,
negotiations to renew the contract are continuing. The Company believes it
provides working conditions and wages that compare favorably with those offered
by other retailers in the industry and that its employee relations are good. The
Company has never experienced any material labor unrest, disruption of
operations or strikes.

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT. The Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.
Certain information included under the captions "Business -- Proceedings Under
Chapter 11" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and in other parts of this Form 10-K and
other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and
Exchange Commission contain statements that are forward-looking, such as
statements relating to the Company's Vendor Return Program, Consignment
Merchandise Agreement, Trade DIP Financing Agreement, among others. Such
forward-looking information involves important risks and uncertainties that
could significantly affect anticipated results in the future, and accordingly,
such results may differ from those expressed in any forward-looking statements
made by or on behalf of the Company. These risks and uncertainties include, but
are not limited to, the risk of continuing losses and cash flow constraints
despite the Company's efforts to improve operations, including: the Vendor
Return Program, the Consignment Merchandise Agreement, and Trade DIP Financing
Agreement such that the Company will be able to purchase inventory for the 1997
holiday season and thereafter, and attain credit support from its creditors and
vendors; failure to negotiate acceptable payment terms with creditors, vendors
and landlords; and failure to have its plan for reorganization confirmed.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

           The Company leases all its retail stores. Stores range in size from
approximately 577 square feet to 3,690 square feet. Store leases generally have
an initial term of five to fifteen years and will expire at various dates
through 2007. Currently, leases at 11 stores have expired, the stores are
occupied on a month-to-month basis. Some leases contain renewal options for
periods ranging from five to ten years on substantially the same terms and
conditions as the initial lease. Under most of the store leases, the Company is
required to pay taxes, insurance, and its pro rata share of common area and
maintenance expenses. Most of the leases also require the Company to pay the
greater of a specified minimum rent or a contingent rent based on a percentage
of sales as defined.

           The Company leases approximately 38,000 square feet for its
headquarters location under a lease expiring in 2005. Certain shareholders and
former officers of the Company hold an interest in the Company's headquarters
property.

           Under section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless otherwise
ordered by a bankruptcy court, a Chapter 11 debtor must assume all leases of
non-residential property within 60 days of its Chapter 11 filing or such leases
will be deemed rejected. By order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Company obtained
an extension of time within which to assume or reject its non-residential real
property leases through and including November 7, 1997, for the headquarters'
lease and January 30, 1998, for the store leases, or such later date(s) as the
Bankruptcy Court may order.


                                       5
<PAGE>   7

           Consistent with its responsibility to its creditors, the Company
intends to continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis the terms of its
non-residential real estate leases to determine whether to take any further
actions with respect to the leases, including assuming or rejecting leases in
the Chapter 11 proceedings, terminating leases, allowing leases to expire,
renegotiating existing leases and entering into new leases. The Company is
continuing to focus on eliminating unproductive stores. See "MD&A." In
connection with such ongoing evaluation, since the commencement of the Company's
Chapter 11 case, the Company has rejected 36 retail store leases, including a
lease for a store the Company never opened and one lease which had expired. Two
of the 36 lease rejections occurred after May 31, 1997. As of September 17,
1997, the Company was operating 128 retail stores in the following states:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Number of
                    State               Stores
                    -----               ---------
                    <S>                 <C>
                    California             33
                    Texas                  32
                    Arizona                 7
                    North Carolina          7
                    Utah                    7
                    Indiana                 6
                    Ohio                    6
                    Colorado                5
                    Idaho                   5
                    Montana                 5
                    Others                 15
                                        --------
                    TOTAL                 128
                                        ========
</TABLE>





ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

           Pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, during the Chapter 11
case, creditors and other parties in interest may not, without court approval,
(i) commence or continue a judicial, administrative or other proceeding against
the Company which was or could have been commenced prior to the commencement of
the Chapter 11 case, or recover a claim that arose prior to the commencement of
the Chapter 11 case; (ii) enforce any pre-petition judgment against the Company;
(iii) take any action to obtain possession of property of the Company or to
exercise control over property of the Company or its estate; (iv) create,
perfect or enforce any lien against property of the Company; (v) collect,
assess, or recover claims against the Company that arose before the commencement
of the Chapter 11 case; or (vi) offset any debt owing to the Company that arose
prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 case against a claim of such
creditor or party in interest against the Company that arose before the
commencement of the Chapter 11 case.

           As a result of the foregoing, all pre-petition claims asserted or
assertable against the Company have been automatically stayed.

           The nature of a Chapter 11 case is to have all claims against and
interest in the Company resolved. Accordingly, the Bankruptcy Court ordered that
any entity desiring to participate in any distribution in the Chapter 11 case
must either have been previously properly scheduled by the Company or file a
proof of claim with the Bankruptcy Court on or before October 31, 1997. The
Company will evaluate proofs of claims filed during the Chapter 11 case.

           The Company filed a motion requesting that the Bankruptcy Court
extend the exclusive periods during which only the Company may file a plan of
reorganization and solicit acceptances thereto on such plan to February 27, 1998
and April 27, 1998. On September 24, 1997, the Bankruptcy Court granted the
Company's motion.

           In addition, the Company filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court
requesting that the Bankruptcy Court approve employment agreements entered into
between the Company and its new management team. On September 24, 1997, the
Bankruptcy Court granted the Company's motion.



                                       6
<PAGE>   8

           The Company is, from time to time, involved in routine litigation
incidental to the conduct of its business. The Company believes that no
litigation currently pending against it will have a material adverse effect on
its financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

           Not applicable.

PART II
ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

MARKET INFORMATION. As a result of the Company's bankruptcy proceedings and its
failure to maintain certain minimum listing requirements, the Company's Common
Stock was delisted from NASDAQ on July 14, 1997 and is currently traded on the
pink sheets. In November 1994, a one-for-five reverse stock split of the
Company's Common Stock was effected; all share and per share data in this Form
10-K have been restated to reflect such reverse stock split. For each quarter of
the fiscal years ended May 31, 1997 and 1996, the high and low bid prices per
share were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     FISCAL 1997              HIGH              LOW
     -----------            --------          --------
     <S>                    <C>               <C>
     First                  $  4.875          $  2.750
     Second                 $  3.875          $  2.188
     Third                  $  2.625          $  1.125
     Fourth                 $  2.188          $  0.219

     FISCAL 1996
     -----------
     First                  $  4.625          $  2.875
     Second                 $  5.875          $  3.750
     Third                  $  4.125          $  3.125
     Fourth                 $  4.875          $  3.000
</TABLE>


WARRANTS. Beginning in July 1992, the Company's warrants commenced trading in
the over-the-counter market on NASDAQ. Since then, the trading volume has
been very low, and the reported high and low bid prices for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 1997 were $0.375 and $0.0625, respectively. The Company's warrants
were also delisted from NASDAQ on July 14, 1997.

HOLDERS. Management believes that there are approximately 200 beneficial owners
of Common Stock as of September 17, 1997.

DIVIDENDS. The Company has paid no cash dividends on its Common Stock during the
past three fiscal years and management does not anticipate that it will do so in
the foreseeable future. Currently, the Company is prohibited from paying any
cash dividends under the terms of its Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement
and the indenture governing the Notes.


                                       7
<PAGE>   9
ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

           The following tables set forth selected financial data of the Company
(through the effective date of the Prior Reorganization Plan, referred to as
"Predecessor") as of and for the month ended June 30, 1992, and the Company
(referred to as such following the effective date of the Prior Reorganization
Plan) as of and for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, and 1994 and the
eleven months ended May 31, 1993. The data should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements, related notes and other financial information included
herein.

                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                (in thousands, except for per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ELEVEN
                                                                                    MONTHS   PREDECESSOR(1)
                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,         ENDED    --------------
                                           --------------------------------------   MAY 31,    MONTH ENDED
                                              1997    1996       1995      1994      1993     JUNE 30, 1992
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net Sales                                $130,446  $140,145  $136,055  $114,023  $ 99,270     $ 7,070
  Finance and credit insurance fees          13,900    16,008    15,681    14,487    13,037       1,229
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
                                            144,346   156,153   151,736   128,510   112,307       8,299   
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
    Operating (loss) income(2)(3)           (29,741)    8,651    11,670    10,294     5,764        (541)
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
  Interest expense, net                      12,745    11,146     9,764     7,746     6,401         644
  Reorganization costs                        2,322       --        --        --        --          --    
  Provision for income taxes                    284       288       --      1,009       --          --
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
    (Loss) income before extraordinary
      item                                  (45,092)   (2,783)    1,906     1,539      (637)     (1,185)
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
  Extraordinary items(4)(5)                    (876)      --        --        --        --       49,229
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------     -------
    Net (loss) income                      $(45,968) $ (2,783) $  1,906  $  1,539  $   (637)    $48,044
                                           ========  ========  ========  ========  ========     =======
PER SHARE DATA:(6)
  (Loss) income before extraordinary
    item                                   $ (11.25) $  (0.70) $   0.48  $   0.53  $  (0.32)    $ (1.19)
                                           ========  ========  ========  ========  ========     =======
  Extraordinary items(4)(5)                $  (0.22) $    --   $    --   $    --   $    --      $ 49.21
                                           ========  ========  ========  ========  ========     =======
  Net (loss) income                        $ (11.47) $  (0.70) $   0.48  $   0.53  $  (0.32)    $ 48.02
                                           ========  ========  ========  ========  ========     =======
  Weighted average number of common
    and common equivalent shares
    outstanding                               4,007     3,978     3,969     2,902     2,008       1,000
                                           ========  ========  ========  ========  ========      ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               MAY 31,
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                             1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
                                           --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C> 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Current assets                           $105,390  $127,075  $127,208  $107,876  $106,816
  Working capital                            99,482   117,819   109,873    94,660    89,470
  Total assets                              123,483   145,875   144,959   122,252   119,200
  Total debt(7)                             130,271   103,579    92,368    75,935    90,251

</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)   "Predecessor" includes the consolidated results of the Company and its
      subsidiaries for the month of June 1992, and reflects the settlement of
      liabilities in accordance with the Prior Reorganization Plan.

(2)   Operating (loss) income for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997, eleven
      months ended May 31, 1993, and the month ended June 30, 1992, include
      $1,336, $100, and $450, respectively, of restructuring expenses.

(3)   Operating (loss) income for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997, includes
      $3,947 for impairment loss, and $3,033 for inventory valuation.

(4)   The year ended May 31, 1997, includes an extraordinary loss of $876 or
      $0.22 per share, incurred in connection with the early extinguishment of
      the Company's Securitization Facility. See "MD&A -- Liquidity and Capital
      Resources."

(5)   The month ended June 30, 1992, includes an extraordinary gain of $49,229
      ($49.21 per share), which represents the gain on cancellation of
      Predecessor 12-5/8% Subordinated Notes and related accrued interest, net
      of write-off of deferred debt expenses, in connection with the Prior
      Reorganization Plan. 

(6)   In November 1994, a one-for-five reverse stock split of the Common Stock
      was effected; share and per share data have been restated to reflect such
      reverse stock split.
   
(7)   As of May 31, 1997, total debt includes liabilities subject to compromise
      under reorganization proceedings.

                                       8
<PAGE>   10
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT. This Annual Report on Form 10-K
contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of
the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and the Company intends
that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbors created
thereby. See "Business -- Private Securities Litigation Reform Act."

OVERVIEW. The following discussion presents information about the financial
condition, liquidity and capital resources, and results of operations of the
Company as of and for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995. This
information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto.

           Throughout fiscal 1997, the Company experienced significant operating
losses that necessitated the Company's renegotiation of financial covenants and
certain other terms contained in its Amended Revolving Credit Agreement (see
"--Liquidity and Capital Resources") during the second quarter of fiscal 1997.

           In January 1997, management announced its intent to implement a
Company-wide restructuring and other cost savings initiatives during the third
and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997. Those initiatives included a plan not to
renew leases on twelve stores and closing eighteen to twenty-four
under-performing stores with concurrent reductions in overhead at the Company's
remaining stores and reduction in corporate expenses. However, the management
team of the Company was replaced in February 1997 prior to the full execution of
the restructuring and cost savings initiatives. At the end of the third quarter,
the Company recorded restructuring charges of approximately $1.3 million
primarily related to severance and costs associated with eleven stores closed
during the quarter, impairment losses of approximately $2.0 million related
principally to impairment of leasehold improvements and fixtures at twenty-six
under performing stores, and a $1.1 million cost of goods sold charge to hasten
the liquidation of aged inventory in an effort to improve cash flow.

           At the end of the third quarter, due to continued operating losses,
the Company was again not in compliance with certain financial covenants
contained in the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement (see "-- Liquidity
and Capital Resources"). As a result, the Company was unable to make interest
payments to the holders of the Notes. Additionally, most vendors were not
extending terms and substantially all new merchandise purchases were on a cash
basis. Because of these restrictions on cash flow and an inability to
renegotiate existing bank debt or raise additional capital through other
sources, the Company decided to seek bankruptcy protection. See "Business --
Proceedings Under Chapter 11."

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1997 ("FISCAL 1997") COMPARED WITH FISCAL YEAR ENDED
MAY 31, 1996 ("FISCAL 1996")

           Net sales in fiscal 1997 were $130.4 million, a decrease of $9.7
million, or 7%, from net sales of $140.1 million in fiscal 1996. The decrease
was the combined result of the closure of the 48 stores and a decrease of 10% in
sales of comparable stores (those open for the same period in both the current
and preceding years) versus the prior year. The comparable store sales decrease
was due in part to implementation of a value-pricing strategy commenced earlier
in the fiscal year. Additionally, net sales were adversely impacted by late
receipt of merchandise in the stores for the Christmas selling season, which
resulted in excessive stock outs as well as an increase in the sales mix of
promotionally priced merchandise and competitive discounts.

           Finance and credit insurance charges on credit sales in fiscal 1997
were $13.9 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 13%, from the prior year
primarily due to a decrease in the average total outstanding customer
receivables.

           Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy expenses were 71% of net
sales for fiscal 1997 compared to 60% for the prior year. The gross margin
percentage declined in fiscal 1997 primarily as a result of the Company's
value-pricing strategy, and the sales mix of promotionally priced merchandise
and competitive discounts. In connection with the change in merchandising
strategy as developed by the Company's new management team, an inventory
valuation allowance of approximately $3.0 million was established as of May 31,
1997. The allowance reduces the carrying value of ending inventory to its
estimated net realizable value.

           Selling, general and administrative expenses were $57.0 million, an
increase of $5.1 million, or 10%, from the prior year, primarily due to
increases in the costs of advertising, professional services, and shipping.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of net
sales to 44% in fiscal 1997 from 37% for the fiscal 1996. The increase as a
percentage of net sales is attributable to a combination of the decline in net
sales and the increase in total expense.

                                       9
<PAGE>   11
           The provision for doubtful accounts was $18.8 million, an increase of
$7.0 million from the prior year. The provision was approximately 14% and 8% of
net sales for fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increase of such provision
was primarily due to an additional provision for customer receivables from
closed stores, and a general provision increase as a result of an overall
analysis of portfolio performance.

           The Company recorded approximately $1.3 million of restructuring
expenses during fiscal 1997. The restructuring expenses consist primarily of
severance and store closing costs at 11 stores.

           The Company recognized an impairment loss of approximately $3.9
million as a result of impaired leasehold improvements and fixtures at 37 closed
stores, as well as impaired computer equipment and software related to the
Company's merchandise management and point-of-sale systems.

           Interest expense was $12.7 million, an increase of $1.6 million from
the prior year. Such increase was a result of higher average interest rates on
the Company's long-term debt, and $325,000 of additional interest expense
charged during the third quarter of fiscal 1997 in connection with obtaining an
amendment to the Company's Amended Revolving Credit Agreement as discussed in
"-- Liquidity and Capital Resources." The Company also recorded $876,000 of
extraordinary charges due to the write-off deferred finance fees in connection
with the early extinguishment of its Securitization Facility during the first
quarter of fiscal 1997.

FISCAL 1996 COMPARED WITH FISCAL YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1995 ("FISCAL 1995")

           Net sales in fiscal 1996 were $140.1 million, an increase of $4.1
million, or 3%, from net sales of $136.1 million in fiscal 1995. The increase
was the combined result of the full operation of the 23 new stores opened in the
prior year and an increase of 2% in sales of comparable stores (those open for
the same period in both the current and preceding years) versus the prior year.

           Finance and credit insurance charges on credit sales in fiscal 1996
were $16.0 million, an increase of $327,000, or 2%, from the prior year
primarily due to an increase in the average total outstanding customer
receivables.

           Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy expenses were 60% of net
sales for fiscal 1996, compared to 58% for the prior year. The gross margin
percentage declined in fiscal 1996 primarily due to increased competitive
pressure in the retail jewelry industry.

           Selling, general and administrative expenses were $52.0 million, an
increase of $1.0 million, or 2%, from the prior year, primarily due to
approximately $972,000 of expenses related to the settlement of legal actions
and fees related to the sale of 1.5 million shares of the Company's stock by
Wells Fargo Bank to private investors. Such increases were more than offset by
the increase in net sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses declined
as a percentage of net sales to 37% in fiscal 1996 from 38% for fiscal 1995.

           The provision for doubtful accounts was $11.8 million, an increase of
$1.6 million from the prior year. The provision was approximately 8% of net
sales for fiscal 1996 and 1995.

           Interest expense was $11.1 million, an increase of $1.4 million, or
14%, from the prior year. Such increase was a result of a higher average
interest rate on the Company's long-term debt, higher average borrowings to
finance the higher inventory per store, and the write-off of $232,000 of
deferred financing fees relating to redemption of the Notes as discussed in "--
Liquidity and Capital Resources."

           The Company's provision for income taxes was $288,000. The provision
primarily reflects the increase in the valuation allowance against certain
deferred income tax assets based on management's estimates of the realization of
these net deferred income tax assets.


                                       10
<PAGE>   12
                               FINANCIAL CONDITION

CREDIT PROGRAM. The Company offers its merchandise sales on credit terms to
qualified customers. The Company's policy is to attempt to obtain a cash down
payment on all credit sales, with monthly payments established such that the
payment of the credit balance will occur, generally, over a period ranging from
24 to 36 months. The Company's customer receivables are revolving charge
accounts. The Company currently collects (and has historically collected)
approximately 10% of its customer receivable balances each month. Sales under
the Company's credit program accounted for approximately 56% of fiscal 1997
sales, net of down payments. As of May 31, 1997 and May 31, 1996, the aggregate
customer receivables balances were $64.9 million and $79.7 million,
respectively. Aggregate credit collections during the twelve months ended May
31, 1997 were $84.7 million.

           During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company changed its
customer receivable write-off policy. Previously, the Company would fully
reserve for accounts that fell within certain aged parameters but would continue
internal collection efforts until such time as a determination was made that the
accounts should be written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts,
generally when the account was more than 29 months contractually delinquent.
With the change in policy, the internal collection efforts for these fully
reserved accounts has been discontinued and the accounts are being sent to
outside collection agencies, generally within 6 months of becoming delinquent,
at which time the account balances are written off against the allowance for
doubtful accounts. The Company adopted this change as a result of its cost
savings initiatives in an effort to reduce internal collection and other
expenses. Concurrent with this change, the Company accelerated the write-off of
approximately $6.8 million of customer accounts against the allowance for
doubtful accounts.


INVENTORY. At May 31, 1997, inventory was approximately $44.4 million, gross of
a valuation allowance of $3.0 million, a decrease of approximately $10.2 million
from May 31, 1996. This decrease is primarily due to fewer stores at May 31,
1997 compared to last year together with the inability of the Company to obtain
adequate levels of inventory as a result of cash flow constraints.

LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE UNDER REORGANIZATION PROCEEDINGS. As discussed
previously, the Company filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11.
Under Chapter 11, actions to enforce certain claims against the Company are
stayed if the claims arose or are based on events that occurred on or before the
Petition Date. The ultimate terms of settlement of these claims will be
determined in accordance with a plan of reorganization that requires approval of
the impaired prepetition creditors and shareholders and confirmation by the
Bankruptcy Court.

           Until a plan of reorganization is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court,
only such payments on prepetition obligations that are approved or required by
the Bankruptcy Court will be made. Pursuant to the Cash Stipulation, the Company
is making contractual interest payments to its lenders. At May 31, 1997, $130.3
million was the amount established as liabilities subject to compromise under
reorganization proceedings. Other liabilities may arise or be subject to
settlement as a result of rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases,
or the Bankruptcy Court's resolution of claims for contingencies and other
disputed amounts.

                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

GENERAL. The Company's operations require working capital to fund the purchase
of inventory, lease payments, and the funding of normal operating expenses. The
seasonality of the Company's business requires a significant build-up of
inventory for the Christmas holiday selling period. These seasonal inventory
needs generally must be funded during the late summer and fall months because of
the necessary lead-time to obtain additional inventory. Additionally, the heavy
holiday selling period leads to a seasonal build-up of customer receivables that
must be funded during the winter and spring months.

           The Company reported cash flow from operating activities of
approximately $8.3 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997, as compared
to cash flows used by operating activities of approximately $6.0 million and
$9.6 million for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
Company's positive cash flow for fiscal 1997 resulted primarily from several
large non-cash charges recorded in connection with impaired assets, inventory
valuation allowance, and additional provision for bad debts at the Company's
closed stores. Additionally, the Company's inventory decreased by approximately
$10.2 million, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by
approximately $6.7 million and $9.7 million, respectively, for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 1997.

                                       11
<PAGE>   13
           In addition, the Company requires working capital to fund capital
expenditures. Capital expenditures for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $7.2
million, $4.5 million, and $6.5 million, respectively. Such expenditures were
made primarily in connection the opening of seventeen new stores and the
remodeling of twelve stores during fiscal 1997, and the opening of seven new
stores and remodeling of fourteen stores during fiscal 1996, and opening of
eight new stores and the acquisition of fifteen stores during fiscal 1995.

           As of May 31, 1997, the Company had $7.3 million of cash and cash
equivalents as a result of the Chapter 11 filing and the prohibition on payments
of prepetition debt. Approximately $1.3 million of the Company's cash and cash
equivalents at May 31, 1997 was restricted pursuant to the terms of the Cash
Stipulation.

           Inherent in a successful plan of reorganization is a capital
structure that permits the Company to generate sufficient cash flow after
reorganization to meet its restructured obligations and to fund the current
obligations of the reorganized Company. Under the Bankruptcy Code, the rights of
and ultimate payment to prepetition creditors may be substantially altered and
eliminated as to some classes of creditors. At this time, it is not possible to
predict the outcome of the Chapter 11 filing or its effects on the business of
the Company, or on the interests of the creditors or shareholders.

FINANCING TRANSACTIONS. On December 21, 1995, the Company entered into an
accounts receivable securitization facility (the "Securitization Facility"). In
connection with the Securitization Facility, the Company also entered into an
amended and restated revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
Agreement"), which amended the original December 1993 agreement. In addition,
proceeds of the initial loan under the Securitization Facility were used in part
to repay at par $20 million of the Company's $70 million in outstanding Notes.

           On July 26, 1996, the agent under the Securitization Facility advised
the Company that it wished to terminate the commitment under the Securitization
Facility. On August 30, 1996, the Company entered into an amended and restated
revolving credit agreement with First National Bank of Boston ("FNBB", the
"Amended Revolving Credit Agreement"), which has a term of three years and
contains various restrictive and financial covenants.

           Proceeds of the initial funding under the Amended Revolving Credit
Agreement in the amount of approximately $41.2 million were used to refinance
the Company's obligations under the Securitization Facility, following which the
Securitization Facility was terminated. In addition, upon consummation of the
Amended Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company paid fees of approximately $2.3
million, which were deferred and are being amortized. On August 30, 1996, the
indenture governing the Notes was also amended to the extent required to permit
the consummation of the Amended Revolving Credit Agreement and the termination
of the Securitization Facility.

           On January 27, 1997, the Company's Amended Revolving Credit Agreement
was amended again (the "Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement"), and the
bank waived the Company's non-compliance with certain financial covenants
therein for the quarter ended November 30, 1996 and reduced its commitment to
lend to the Company from $85 million to $70 million as of January 27, 1997.
Outstanding borrowings bear interest at the agent bank's reference rate plus
1.5% unless an Event of Default (as defined in the Second Amended Revolving
Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, or is not waived, in which
case such outstanding borrowings bear interest at 2.0% above the rate otherwise
payable.

           The Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement required the Company to
comply with certain customary financial covenants and restrictions, some of
which were adjusted in the January amendment to take into account the various
charges incurred in connection with the Company's restructuring and cost savings
initiatives implemented during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997. The
Company failed to meet certain financial covenants contained in the Second
Amended Revolving Credit Agreement as of February 28, 1997, which constituted an
Event of Default under the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement. The Event
of Default prohibited the Company from paying the interest due on April 30, 1997
on the Notes.

           Commencement of the Chapter 11 case has automatically stayed any
actions to enforce collection of amounts owed by the Company to the holders of
the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement and Notes. Concurrent with the
Chapter 11 proceedings, the commitment to lend under the Second Amended
Revolving Credit Agreement was terminated. The Company had $57.9 million
outstanding on the Petition Date and at May 31, 1997.

                                       12
<PAGE>   14
           As of May 31, 1997, the Company had approximately $57.9 million of
borrowings outstanding under its Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement and
$50 million outstanding on the Notes. The Company had $3.2 million of interest
payable on the Notes. This amount represented the semi-annual interest payment
that was due on April 30, 1997, but was not paid, plus accrued interest through
May 31, 1997. The Company's average interest rates on its borrowings under the
Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement and Notes were 13.3% and 11.0%,
respectively, for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997.

STIPULATION AUTHORIZING USE OF CASH COLLATERAL. On May 14, 1997, the Company
received interim approval of the Bankruptcy Court of an Agreement to Use Cash
Collateral. The Company operated under that agreement until July 22, 1997, at
which time it received final court approval of an Amended and Restated
Stipulation Pursuant to Sections 361 and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code Authorizing
Debtor's Use of Cash Collateral and Granting Adequate Protection to Collateral
Agent, Lenders and Bondholders (the "Cash Stipulation"). Pursuant to the terms
of the Cash Stipulation, through February 28, 1998, the lenders agreed to allow
the Company to utilize the cash collateral generated by operations rather than
paying down any of the $57.9 million outstanding balance. This cash collateral
agreement requires the Company to, among other things, comply with a modified
borrowing base. The modified borrowing base increased the cash collateral
availability under the Company's Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement by
increasing the advance rate to 82% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined,
and to 45% of eligible inventory, as defined, subject to various reductions
stipulated in the Cash Stipulation.

DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENT AND VENDOR RETURN PROGRAM. On
July 22, 1997, the Company reached an agreement with its vendors and creditors
regarding the terms of the Trade DIP Financing Agreement. Pursuant to such
agreement, the Company should be able to obtain its expected orders for over $50
million of new merchandise on extended trade terms, without having to pay the
high fees and interest charges that normally accompany a DIP loan. The vendors
are protected from credit exposure through a $2 million trade trust and a $4
million subordination provided by certain holders of the Company's Notes.

           In addition, the agreement allows the Company to exchange up to
approximately $8 million of slow-moving merchandise for at least $11 million of
fresh inventory on extended trade terms.

CONSIGNEE AGREEMENT. As part of the Company's plan of reorganization, management
has sought to increase the level of consigned merchandise. Toward this end, the
Company received Bankruptcy Court approval of its Consignment Agreement on July
22, 1997. Pursuant to the terms of the Consignment Agreement, the Company's
vendors will commit to maintain a specified minimum amount of consigned
merchandise. The Company shall hold such merchandise for sale in the ordinary
course of its business and is responsible for insuring the consignment
merchandise for its full value and against all risks of loss. The Company is
required to report all consignment merchandise sales on a weekly basis, and to
pay all invoices within specified trade payment terms, generally 30 days from
receipt of invoice, as set forth in the Consignment Agreement.

TAX LOSS CARRYOVERS. At May 31, 1997, the Company had a net operating loss
carryforward for federal income tax purposes of $61.7 million, which is
scheduled to expire in the years May 31, 2006 through May 31, 2012. Of this
$61.7 million, approximately $14 million is scheduled to expire in the years May
31, 2006 through May 31, 2008, and is subject to the limitations imposed under
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC").

           Section 382 of the IRC provides a limitation ("Section 382
limitation") on the use of net operating loss carryovers, net operating losses,
and certain built-in losses and deduction items of a loss corporation that has
an ownership change. For financial statement purposes, utilization of a net
operating loss, under Section 382 of the IRC, is recorded as a credit to common
stock.

           The balance of the net operating losses, approximately $47.7 million,
is not subject to the limitations imposed under Section 382 of the IRC, and is
scheduled to expire through May 31, 2012.

           At May 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company has recorded a noncurrent
deferred tax asset of $72,000 and $122,000, respectively, representing
alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforwards. Unlike net operating loss
carryforwards, the AMT credit has an indefinite carryforward period, as it will
be available to reduce the Company's regular tax liability in any future year.

                                       13
<PAGE>   15
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. The following is a summary of the unaudited
quarterly results of operations for the years ended May 31, 1997 and 1996:


                             QUARTERLY INFORMATION
                (Unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            May 31,         February 28,       November 30,       August 31,
Quarter Ended                                1997               1997               1996              1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
1997
Net sales, finance and credit
  insurance fees                          $ 28,886            $52,829             $32,797            $29,834
Cost of goods sold, buying and
  occupancy                                 24,237             32,022              19,349             17,394
Restructuring expense                           --              1,336                  --                --
Impairment loss                              1,977              1,970                  --                 --
Loss before reorganization costs,
  income taxes and extraordinary loss      (24,142)            (6,818)             (6,655)            (4,871)
Reorganization costs                         2,322                 --                  --                 --
Net loss before extraordinary item              --                 --                  --             (4,871) 
Extraordinary item                              --                 --                  --               (876)
Net loss                                  $(26,748)           $(6,818)            $(6,655)           $(5,747)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss per share before extraordinary item        --                 --                  --            $ (1.22)    
Loss per share                            $  (6.64)           $ (1.70)            $ (1.66)           $ (1.44)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares outstanding          4,029              4,001               3,999              3,999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock price per share:   High      $   2.19            $  2.63             $  3.88            $  4.88
                                Low       $   0.22            $  1.13             $  2.19            $  2.75
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            May 31,         February 29,       November 30,       August 31,
                                             1996               1996               1995              1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
1996
Net sales, finance and credit
  insurance fees                          $ 33,370            $54,872             $36,995           $30,916
Cost of goods sold, buying and
  occupancy                                 20,210             27,865              19,305            16,389
Net (loss) income                         $ (4,489)           $ 3,159             $  (447)          $(1,006)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Loss) income per share                   $  (1.12)           $  0.79             $ (0.11)          $ (0.25)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares outstanding          3,999              3,974               3,969             3,969
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock price per share:   High      $   4.88            $  4.13             $  5.88           $  4.63
                                Low       $   3.00            $  3.13             $  3.75           $  2.88
</TABLE>



INFLATION. The impact of inflation on the cost of merchandise (including gems
and metals), labor, occupancy and other operating costs can affect the Company's
results. For example, most of the Company's leases require the Company to pay
rent, taxes, maintenance, insurance, repairs and utility costs, all of which are
subject to inflationary pressures. To the extent permitted by competition, in
general the Company passes increased costs to the customer by increasing sales
prices over time.

                                       14
<PAGE>   16
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.         

           Not applicable.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

           The Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule of the
Company and the reports of independent auditors are listed at Item 14 and are
included beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
           AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

           None.

PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     Set forth below is biographical information for each of the nominees to
the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
           David W. Cochran, 51, has been a director of the Company since June
1992. From December 1978 to November 1994, Mr. Cochran was President, Chief
Executive Officer and a Principal of R.F. Simmons Company, Inc., a jewelry
manufacturer. From November 1994 to October 1995, Mr. Cochran was President and
Chief Executive Officer of Simmons & Company, Inc., a jewelry manufacturer. Mr.
Cochran is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of Riverbank
Associates, Inc., a real estate investment company, which position he has held
since December 1995, and the Chairman of Page Walker & Co., a jewelry
manufacturer, which position he has held since January 1993. Mr. Cochran is a
consultant to G. Austin Young Co., dba Attleboro Jewelry Makers, a retail outlet
representing 20 jewelry and gift manufacturers.
 
           William D. Eberle, 74, has been Chairman of the Company since August
1996. Mr. Eberle has been Chairman of Manchester Associates, Ltd., a venture
capital and international consulting firm since 1977, and of counsel to the law
firm of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler since 1993. From 1989 to 1993,
Mr. Eberle was of counsel to the law firm of Donovan, Leisure, Newton & Irvine.
Mr. Eberle is presently Chairman of America Service Group, Inc. and of Showscan
Entertainment, Inc., Deputy Chairman of Mid-States Plc, and a director for Ampco
Pittsburgh Corp., FAC Realty, Inc., Horace Small Apparel Company Plc, Mitchell
Energy and Development Corp. and Sirrom Capital Corporation.
 
           John W. Gildea, 54, has been a director of the Company since August
1996. Since September 1990, Mr. Gildea has been an advisor to The Network Funds,
a series of investment funds. From 1986 to 1990, Mr. Gildea was the manager of
the Corporate Services Group of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation. Mr. Gildea is presently a Managing Director of Gildea Management
Company, an investment management company, which position he has held since
1990, and a director of America Service Group, Inc., FAC Realty, Inc., UNC,
Inc., and General Chemical.
 
           Carol R. Goldberg, 66, has been a director of the Company since
November 1996. Ms. Goldberg is currently President of the Avcar Group, Ltd., an
investment and management consulting firm, which position she has held since
December 1989. Ms. Goldberg previously served as Chief Operating Officer of The
Stop & Shop Companies, Inc., a retailing company, from 1982 to November 1989, as
its President from October 1985 to November 1989, as its Executive Vice
President from 1982 to 1985, and as its Senior Vice President -- Manufacturing
from 1979 to 1982. Ms. Goldberg is currently a director of The Gillette Company,
America Service Group, Inc., and SelfCare, Inc. and is Senior Advisor of New
England for America International Group, Inc.
 
           Samuel J. Merksamer, 56, has been the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer, and a director, since February 1997. Before joining the
Company, Mr. Merksamer was the President and Chief Executive Officer of
Merksamer Jewelers, Inc. from 1992 to June 1996. Merksamer Jewelers, Inc. was
previously involved as a debtor-in-possession in reorganization proceedings
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, emerging from such proceedings in 1992.
 
           Cleaveland D. Miller, 58, has been a director of the Company since
June 1992. Mr. Miller is presently a partner with the law firm of Semmes, Bowen
& Semmes. Mr. Miller is a director of EA Engineering, Science, and Technology,
Inc. Since 1988, Mr. Miller has been Chairman of Legal Mutual Liability
Insurance Society of Maryland. Mr. Miller served as President of the Maryland
State Bar Association from 1987 to 1988.
 
           William P. O'Donnell, 43, has been a director of the Company since
August 1996. Since 1992, Mr. O'Donnell has been an advisor to The Network Funds,
a series of investment funds. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. O'Donnell was a Vice
President in the Corporate Finance Group of Chrysler Capital Corporation, a
finance company. Mr. O'Donnell is presently a Managing Director of Gildea
Management Company, a position he has held since 1992.
 

           

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following individuals currently serve as the Company's executive
officers.

            Samuel J. Merksamer, 56, has been the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer, and a director, since February 1997. Additional biographical
information regarding Mr. Merksamer is set forth under the caption "Directors 
and Executive Officers of the Registrant -- Board of Directors."

           E. Peter Healey, 44, has been the Company's Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since February 1997. From 1994 to 1996,
Mr. Healey was the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer of MS Financial, Inc. From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Healey was Vice President
and Treasurer of Zale Corporation. Zale Corporation was previously involved as a
debtor-in-possession in reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, emerging from such proceedings in 1993.

           Randy N. McCullough, 45, has been the Company's Senior Vice President
- -- Merchandise since April 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McCullough
served as President of Silverman's Factory Jewelers from 1991 to March 1997.

           Bill R. Edgel, 31, has been the Company's Vice President -- Marketing
since February 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Edgel served as Director
of Credit Marketing of Macy's West, a division of Federated Department Stores,
from 1996 to 1997. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Edgel served as Director of Marketing
for Merksamer Jewelers, Inc. Merksamer Jewelers, Inc. was previously involved as
a debtor-in-possession in reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, emerging from such proceedings in 1992. From 1993 to 1995, Mr.
Edgel served as Advertising Manager/Creative Director for Troutman's Emporium,
Inc. From 1992 to 1993, Mr. Edgel served as Partner/Creative Director of Vaki
Advertising, Inc.

           Daniel L. Felsenthal, 40, has been the Company's Vice President --
Finance since October 1996 and its Vice President -- Finance, Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary since April 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
Felsenthal served as the Controller for Quarterdeck Corporation during 1996.
From 1990 to 1996, Mr. Felsenthal was employed by Mac Frugal's Bargains --
Close-outs Inc., serving as its Controller from 1991 to 1994, and as its Vice
President -- Finance from 1994 to 1996.

           Chad C. Haggar, 34, has been the Company's Vice President --
Operations since February 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Haggar served
as Director of Stores of Fred Meyer, Inc. from 1996 to 1997. From before 1992 to
1996, Mr. Haggar served as Regional Manager of Merksamer Jewelers, Inc.
Merksamer Jewelers, Inc. was previously involved as a debtor-in-possession in
reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, emerging
from such proceedings in 1992.


SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

        Under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the officers and directors of
the Company and certain shareholders beneficially owning more than 10% of the
Company's Common Stock ("Ten Percent Shareholders") are required to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Company reports of ownership,
and changes in ownership, of Company Common Stock.  During fiscal 1997, Ms.
Goldberg did not file, as of the required date, a report on Form 4 regarding her
purchase of 10,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock in November 1996.  Such
report was subsequently filed in compliance with Section 16(a).  Except for the
foregoing, based solely on a review of the reports received by it, the Company
believes that, during fiscal 1997, all of its offers and directors and Ten
Percent Shareholders complied with all applicable filing requirements under
Section 16(a).

                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
         The following table sets forth certain information concerning
compensation for services during each of the Company's last three fiscal years
to (i) those persons serving as chief executive officer of the Company during
fiscal 1997 and (ii) two additional executive officers of the Company during
fiscal 1997 who would have been among the four most highly compensated executive
officers during fiscal 1997 but who were not serving as such at the end of
fiscal 1997 (none of the Company's executive officers during fiscal 1997 serving
as such at the end of fiscal 1997 earned an annual salary and bonus exceeding
$100,000).
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                                                     COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION             -------------------------
                                          -----------------------------------                    SECURITIES
                                                                 OTHER ANNUAL      RESTRICTED    UNDERLYING    ALL OTHER
          NAME AND                        SALARY      BONUS      COMPENSATION        STOCK        OPTIONS/    COMPENSATION
     PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR(1)       ($)        ($)          ($)(2)        AWARDS(S)($)    SARS(#)         ($)
- ----------------------------  -------     -------     ------     ------------     ------------   ----------   ------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
Samuel J. Merksamer             1997(3)    98,462         --          --                 --                           --
  President and Chief           1996           --         --          --                 --             --            --
  Executive Officer             1995           --         --          --                 --             --            --

Robert W. Bridel                1997      231,250      8,231(4)       --                 --             --       113,511(5)
  Former President              1996      261,126     31,386(6)       --             34,375(7)     110,000         2,795(8)
  and Chief Executive           1995      200,000     51,343(6)       --                 --         15,000            --
  Officer                      
Thomas S. Liston                1997      213,462      8,231(4)       --                 --             --        80,721(5)
  Former Chief Financial        1996      279,396     31,386(6)       --             34,375(7)     100,000         2,795(8)
  Officer, Secretary and        1995      225,000     62,513(6)       --                 --         15,000            --
  Treasurer
Joseph M. Maisano               1997      124,308         --          --                 --             --        16,833(6)
  Former Senior Vice            1996      155,369         --          --                 --         15,000            --
  President -- Operations       1995           --         --          --                 --          4,000            --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) "1997," "1996," and "1995" represent fiscal years ended May 31, 1997, 1996
    and 1995, respectively.
 
(2) Excludes perquisites, other personal benefits, securities and property,
    which, in the aggregate, did not exceed in any year shown the lesser of
    $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for such
    individual for such year.
 
(3) All compensation shown for Mr. Merksamer dates from February 13, 1997.
 
(4) Represents bonus payments paid to Messrs. Bridel and Liston during fiscal
    1997, in connection with their resignations from the Company, for payments
    made with respect to taxes due upon vesting of 5,000 of their respective
    10,000 shares of restricted stock. See "-- Employment Agreements and
    Change-in-Control Arrangements."
 
(5) Represents (i) with respect to Mr. Bridel, $60,580 in vacation pay, $50,000
    in severance pay, auto lease payments of $1,155, and $1,776 of group
    insurance benefits, (ii) with respect to Mr. Liston, $32,463 in vacation
    pay, $46,154 in severance pay, auto lease payments of $595, and $1,509 of
    group insurance benefits, and (iii) with respect to Mr. Maisano, $16,338 in
    vacation pay and auto lease payments of $495.
 
(6) Represents bonus payments pursuant to the Company's cash bonus plans for
    fiscal 1996 (the "1996 Plan") and fiscal 1995 (the "1995 Plan"). The 1996
    Plan provided for the payment of bonuses to participants from a pool of up
    to 15% of the Company's pre-tax, pre-bonus earnings (the "Pre-Bonus
    Earnings") for the fiscal year ending May 31, 1996, except that no awards
    were to be made if the amount of Pre-Bonus Earnings was less than
    $3,000,000. The 1995 Plan provided for the payment of bonuses to
    participants from a pool of up to 15% of the Company's Pre-Bonus Earnings
    for the fiscal year ending May 31, 1995, except that no awards were to be
    made if the amount of Pre-Bonus Earnings was less than




                                       16
<PAGE>   18
    $2,000,000. With respect to the 1996 Plan and the 1995 Plan, 90% of the pool
    amount was awarded based on the participation weight assigned in such plan
    to each participant and 10% was awarded to participants in the discretion of
    the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors after consultation 
    with the Chief Executive Officer.
 
(7) Reflects the value of a 10,000 share restricted stock grant made as of April
    8, 1996 to each of Messrs. Bridel and Liston based on the market value of
    such stock as of the date of issuance (without giving effect to the
    diminution in value attributed to restrictions on such shares). See
    "-- Employment Contracts and Change-in-Control Arrangements."
 
(8) Represents Company contributions on behalf of Messrs. Bridel and Liston
    under the Company's Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
                        OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997
 
          None of those persons serving as chief executive officer of the
Company during fiscal 1997 or any other executive officer of the Company named
in the Summary Compensation Table under the caption "Executive Compensation" was
issued any option to acquire the Company's Common Stock during fiscal 1997.
 
                      AGGREGATED 1997 OPTION/SAR EXERCISES
                           AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
          No stock options were exercised during or held at the end of fiscal
1997 by any of those persons serving as chief executive officers of the Company
during fiscal 1997 or any other executive officer of the Company named in the
Summary Compensation Table under the caption "Executive Compensation."
 
            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
          During fiscal 1997 until their resignations on February 13, 1997,
Robert W. Bridel served as the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer
and Thomas S. Liston served as the Company's Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
and Treasurer. Both Messrs. Bridel and Liston served in such capacities under
employment agreements with the Company (the "Agreements") dated April 8, 1996,
the initial terms of which extended through April 8, 1998. The Agreements
provided for annual salaries of $325,000 and $300,000 to Messrs. Bridel and
Liston, respectively. Under the Agreements, Mr. Bridel and Mr. Liston received
options to purchase 35,000 shares and 25,000 shares, respectively, of the
Company's Common Stock, and restricted stock awards of 10,000 shares each, the
vesting of such options and stock awards to occur one-half on each of the first
and second anniversary dates of such Agreements (provided, with respect to the
stock awards, that such executive officer remained employed by the Company on
each such anniversary date). The Agreements contained certain severance
provisions, and in connection with the resignations from the Company of Messrs.
Bridel and Liston, the Company and each of Messrs. Bridel and Liston entered
into severance agreements, under which the following benefits are payable to or
on behalf of Messrs. Bridel and Liston: (i) $371,250.00 and $342,692.33,
respectively, representing salary from February 17, 1997 through April 8, 1998,
(ii) $8,230.63 to each representing bonuses in respect of tax obligations with
respect to 5,000 shares of restricted stock that vested as to each on February
13, 1997 (the "Resignation Date"), (iii) $3,082.50 and $2,464.62, respectively,
representing accrued vacation, (iv) reimbursement of the cost of their electing
to continue to be included in the Company's medical insurance plan from the
Resignation Date through April 8, 1998 (totaling $5,769.69 and $4,519.48,
respectively), (v) payment of fees of an outplacement services firm up to
$25,000 each, (vi) inclusion in the Company's life insurance and disability
plans from the Resignation Date through April 8, 1998 and (vii) continuation of
automobile-related benefits from the Resignation Date through April 8, 1998
(totaling $8,086.54 and $8,321.32, respectively).
 
          Simultaneously with the resignation of Mr. Bridel as President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Company retained Samuel J. Merksamer
as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Effective February 13, 1997, the
Company and Mr. Merksamer entered into a non-binding letter of intent
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
under which they agreed, among other things, to negotiate a definitive
employment contract by May 15, 1997. The Bankruptcy Court has authorized the
Company to enter into employment agreements with Mr. Merksamer and with certain
other executive officers of the Company, a summary description of certain terms
of which is set forth under the caption "-- Compensation Committee Report --
Implementation of Philosophy."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
 
COMPENSATION PHILOSOPHY
 
        The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Compensation
Committee") is responsible for developing and implementing the Company's
executive compensation policies. The Compensation Committee's philosophy of
executive compensation is to enhance the profitability of the Company, and thus
shareholder value, by closely aligning the financial interests of the executive
officers with those of the shareholders.
 
IMPLEMENTATION OF PHILOSOPHY
 
        Generally, the Compensation Committee seeks to realize this objective by
the use of short term incentives in the form of salary and cash bonuses, and
long term incentives in the form of stock option and restricted stock grants.
Salaries initially are set based on the executive officer's experience and
competitive conditions. Thereafter, salaries may be adjusted based on various
factors, including the executive's performance. In setting and making
adjustments to salaries, the Compensation Committee also considers salaries paid
to similarly situated executive officers in comparable companies.
 
        Consistent with the foregoing, in February 1997, after a nationwide
search for a management team capable of analyzing the reasons for the Company's
poor performance and developing and executing a plan to improve such
performance, the Compensation Committee approved compensation terms for each of
Messrs. Merksamer and Healey. Effective February 13, 1997, the Company entered
into a non-binding letter of intent with each of Mr. Merksamer and Mr. Healey to
employ Mr. Merksamer as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and
Mr. Healey as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of
the Company.
 
        Prior to the Bankruptcy Filing, the Compensation Committee began to
re-evaluate the Company's executive employment needs in the context of potential
formal or informal reorganization proceedings. As a result of such reevaluation,
and recognizing the decline in the value of non-cash compensation in the form of
equity in the Company, the difficulties to be faced by its executives in an
attempt to lead the Company out of any such proceedings and the importance of
retaining key executives during such proceedings, the Compensation Committee
determined that it was in the best interests of the Company to enter into
employment agreements with such executives. At a hearing of the Bankruptcy Court
held on September 24, 1997, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the Company to enter
into employment agreements (the "Employment Agreements") with Mr. Merksamer and
each of Messrs. Healey, McCullough, Haggar and Edgel (each an "Executive"). Upon
entry of the related Bankruptcy Court order, the Company will enter into such
Employment Agreements, which extend through confirmation of a plan of
reorganization of the Company. Set forth below is a summary of certain other
terms of such Employment Agreements.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
                     CERTAIN TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PLAN OF REORGANIZATION CONFIRMATION BONUS
                                                                   (AS A PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL BASE SALARY)(2)
                                                                -------------------------------------------------
                                               MAXIMUM ANNUAL                      IF CONFIRMA-     IF CONFIRMA-
                                               CASH BONUS (AS                     TION OCCURS ON   TION OCCURS ON
                                                     A                               OR AFTER         OR AFTER
                                               PERCENTAGE OF                       MAY 1, 1998      JULY 1, 1998
                                                   ANNUAL       IF CONFIRMATION    THROUGH AND      AND PRIOR TO
                                 ANNUAL BASE        BASE        OCCURS PRIOR TO     INCLUDING      SEPTEMBER 30,
        EXECUTIVE/TITLE            SALARY        SALARY)(1)       MAY 1, 1998     JUNE 30, 1998         1998
- -------------------------------- -----------   --------------   ---------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Samuel J. Merksamer.............  $ 400,000          100%             125%              100%             75%
  President and Chief Executive
  Officer
E. Peter Healey.................  $ 275,000           75%             125%              100%             75%
  Executive Vice President,
  Chief Financial Officer and
  Secretary
Randy N. McCullough.............  $ 225,000           60%             125%              100%             75%
  Senior Vice President --
  Merchandising
Chad C. Haggar..................  $ 165,000           50%             125%              100%             75%
  Vice President -- Operations
Bill R. Edgel...................  $ 120,000           33%             125%              100%             75%
  Vice President -- Marketing
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Such bonuses are payable as follows: (i) 50% thereof are payable if the
    Company achieves projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
    amortization for its 1998 fiscal year, (ii) 10% thereof are payable if the
    Company meets or exceeds its November 30, 1997 projected inventory levels,
    (iii) 10% thereof are payable if the Company meets or exceeds its December
    31, 1997 projected cash deposit, receivable and inventory levels, (iv) 10%
    thereof are payable if the Company meets its December 31, 1997 projected
    general and administrative expenses, (v) 10% thereof are payable if, as of
    February 1998, there is total availability under the borrowing base in the
    Company's revolving credit facility (as modified by the Cash Stipulation
    filed with the Bankruptcy Court) plus total cash balances of at least $4.1
    million, and payables are maintained within agreed upon vendor terms, and
    (vi) the remaining 10% are payable upon receipt from vendors of 1.4 times
    the amount of inventory returned by November 1997 and at the end of February
    1998.
 
(2) A condition to the payment of such bonus will require that the Company have
    an asset-based, working capital credit facility on market terms on the
    confirmation date of a plan of reorganization.
 
        Under the Employment Agreements, if an Executive's employment is
terminated by the Company without cause, by the Executive with good reason
(including a sale of the Company under the Bankruptcy Code), due to an
Executive's death or disability, or as a result of the confirmation of a plan of
reorganization, such Executive is entitled to receive (i) accrued annual base
salary and vacation, (ii) his maximum annual cash bonus if (A) the fiscal year
end 1998 performance targets have been achieved (provided that such target will
be prospectively applicable with respect to termination resulting from
confirmation of a plan prior to the end of such fiscal year) or (B) in the event
of a Change-in-Control (as defined below) of the Company at a time when the
Company is a going concern or the death or disability of an Executive if any
applicable performance conditions have been met, and (iii) if such termination
without cause or with good reason occurs prior to confirmation of a plan of
reorganization of the Company, his confirmation bonus. If the Executive's
employment is terminated by the Company for cause (i.e., malfeasance or
misfeasance) or by the Executive without good reason, such Executive is entitled
to receive accrued annual base salary and vacation, but no annual cash bonus or
confirmation bonus (if such termination occurs prior to confirmation). Under the
Employment Agreements, a "Change-in-Control" includes the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the
Company with one or more corporations in which the Company is not the surviving
entity or as a result of which the Company's outstanding voting securities are
converted to
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
or reclassified as cash, securities of another corporation or other property, a
sale of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries having a fair market value
equal to more than 50% of the total fair market value of the Company's assets to
a nonaffiliate of the Company, or the acquisition of more than 30% of the
then-outstanding voting securities of the Company by a nonaffiliate.
 
1997 COMPENSATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
        The base salary of the Company's Chief Executive Officer is established
through negotiations between the Compensation Committee and such Chief Executive
Officer. Until his resignation on February 13, 1997, Robert W. Bridel was the
Company's Chief Executive Officer. In setting Mr. Bridel's annual salary and
incentive compensation for Fiscal 1997, the Compensation Committee considered
numerous factors, including Mr. Bridel's previous salary level, his experience
and his overall performance. Samuel J. Merksamer succeeded Mr. Bridel as the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer. In setting Mr. Merksamer's
annual salary and incentive compensation for Fiscal 1997, the Compensation
Committee considered numerous factors, including Mr. Merksamer's extensive
experience in the jewelry industry, his prior success in turning around troubled
companies and the market rate for presidents and chief executive officers with
knowledge and experience commensurate to that of Mr. Merksamer. Based on these
factors, and after negotiations between the Compensation Committee and Mr.
Merksamer, the Compensation Committee established Mr. Merksamer's compensation
terms in the non-binding letter of intent referred to above. After the
Compensation Committee's re-evaluation of the Company's executive employment
needs in the context of potential formal or informal reorganization proceedings,
and after additional negotiations between the Compensation Committee and Mr.
Merksamer, the Compensation Committee established Mr. Merksamer's compensation
terms as reflected in his Employment Agreement described above.
 
                                          THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
                                          Carol R. Goldberg, Chairman
                                          David W. Cochran
                                          John W. Gildea
                                          Cleaveland D. Miller
                                          William P. O'Donnell
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
         The following table sets forth, as of October 3, 1997, information as
to the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock by (i) each person who
is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of its outstanding
shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors and director
nominees, (iii) each of the officers named in the Summary Compensation Table
under the caption "Executive Compensation," and (iv) all executive officers and
directors of the Company as a group. In each instance, information as to the
number of shares owned and the nature of ownership has been provided by the
person or entity identified or described and is not within the direct knowledge
of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AMOUNT        PERCENT
                                                                   BENEFICIALLY       OF
                  NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER              OWNED (1)        CLASS
        ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------     -------
        <S>                                                        <C>              <C>
        Robert W. Bridel.........................................      22,000           **
          500 W. Harbor Drive, Apt. 124
          San Diego, CA 92101
        Thomas S. Liston.........................................          --           **
          14518 Las Brizas Lane
          Sun City, AZ 85375
        Samuel J. Merksamer*.....................................          --           **
        Joseph M. Maisano........................................          --           **
          14 Creekview Street
          Sanger, TX 76266
        William D. Eberle*.......................................      82,600(3)       2.0%
        David W. Cochran*........................................       3,600(2)        **
        Carol R. Goldberg*.......................................         400(2)        **
        Cleaveland D. Miller*....................................       3,600(2)        **
        John W. Gildea...........................................     595,600(4)      14.8%
          115 East Putnam Avenue
          Greenwich, CT 06830
        William P. O'Donnell.....................................     535,600(5)      13.3%
          115 East Putnam Avenue
          Greenwich, CT 06830
        Network Fund III, Ltd....................................     525,000(6)      13.0%
          P.O. Box 219, Butterfield House
          Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, B.W.I.
        Gary Gelman..............................................     456,700(7)      11.3%
          One Jerico Plaza
          Jerico, NY 11753
        J. Ezra Merkin...........................................     325,000(8)       8.1%
          450 Park Avenue
          New York, NY 10022
        All executive officers and directors as a group (12
          persons)...............................................     697,400         17.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) To the Company's knowledge, except as otherwise set forth in this table, the
    persons and entities in this table have sole voting, investment and
    dispositive power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as
    beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where
    applicable.
 
(2) All of such shares are issuable upon the exercise of currently-exercisable
    options outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994
    Stock Option Plan"), which is administered by the Compensation Committee of
    the Board of Directors.
 
(3) 15,000 of such shares are issued and outstanding. 35,000 of such shares are
    issuable upon the exercise of currently-exercisable options. 32,000 of such
    shares are restricted shares, as to which Mr. Eberle has sole voting power.
    600 of such shares are issuable upon the exercise of currently-exercisable
    options
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
    outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan, which is
    administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. See
    "Executive Compensation -- Directors."
 
(4) 600 of such shares are issuable upon the exercise of currently-exercisable
    options outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan, which is
    administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. With
    respect to the remaining 595,000 of such shares, pursuant to an amended
    Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Gildea under the Exchange Act, dated June 11,
    1996, as of such date Mr. Gildea had sole voting and dispositive power as to
    70,000 of such shares and shared dispositive power with Network Fund III,
    Ltd. as to 525,000 of such shares.
 
(5) 600 of such shares are issuable upon the exercise of currently-exercisable
    options outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan, which is
    administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. With
    respect to the remaining 535,000 of such shares, pursuant to a Form 3 filed
    by Mr. O'Donnell under the 1934 Act dated September 10, 1996, as of such
    date Mr. O'Donnell had sole voting and dispositive power as to 10,000 of
    such shares and shared dispositive power with Network Fund III, Ltd. as to
    525,000 of such shares.
 
(6) The Network Fund III, Ltd. has shared dispositive power with Mr. Gildea and
    Mr. O'Donnell as to such shares. See footnotes 4 and 5 above.
 
(7) As set forth in an amended Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Gelman under the 1934
    Act dated January 15, 1997, as of such date Mr. Gelman had sole voting and
    dispositive power with respect to all such shares.
 
(8) As set forth in a Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Merkin under the 1934 Act dated
    May 22, 1996, as of such date Mr. Merkin had sole voting and dispositive
    power as to 20,475 of such shares, shared voting and dispositive power with
    Gabriel Capital, L.P. as to 126,425 of such shares, and shared voting and
    dispositive power with Ariel Management Corp. as to 178,100 of such shares.
 
  * Address is c/o Barry's Jewelers, Inc., 111 West Lemon Avenue, Monrovia,
    California 91016.
 
 ** Less than one percent.



                                       22
<PAGE>   24
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
          David Blum and Gerson I. Fox, each a current shareholder and former
officer and director of the Company, presently own and lease to the Company,
through a partnership, the Company's headquarters building. In May 1990, the
Company moved into the new headquarters office building that allowed the Company
to consolidate all corporate credit, collection, merchandising and
administrative functions into a single location for more efficient management
and to allow future growth. The building is a special-purpose building built to
the Company's specifications. The base annual rent for the first five years was
$574,284. Currently, the base annual rent is $643,476. On the 121st month, the
rent may be increased based on a cost-of-living index. The Company is
responsible for leasehold improvements, insurance, property taxes, maintenance
and repairs. The lease has a 15-year term, but the Company has the right to
terminate the lease earlier (the "Early Termination Right"), provided that the
Company gives six months' notice and pays $15,000 for each month remaining in
the 15-year term after the effective date of such termination. In connection
with certain consulting agreements between the Company and each of Messrs. Blum
and Fox (each of which expired on May 31, 1995) and a financing secured by the
leased premises, and at the request of the lessor, the Company agreed in 1995 to
waive such Early Termination Right. The Company believes that the terms of the
foregoing lease are presently above market, and is currently negotiating with
the lessor so as to revise such terms to more closely reflect current market
conditions (although no assurances can be given that the Company will be
successful in such negotiations).
 
          William D. Eberle, the Company's Chairman, is of counsel to the law
firm of Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler LLP, which firm provided certain
legal services to the Company during Fiscal 1997.

                                       23
<PAGE>   25

PART IV
ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

           (a)  Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and
                Exhibits 

               1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     The following are included herein under Item 8:
                        Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules
                          and Exhibits
                        Independent Auditors' Report - Deloitte & Touche LLP
                        Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 1997 and 1996
                        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three
                          years ended May 31, 1997.
                        Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' (Deficiency)
                          Equity for the three years ended May 31, 1997.
                        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three
                          years ended May 31, 1997.
                        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

               2.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:
                     II.  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                        All other schedules are omitted because they are not
                          applicable or the required information is included in
                          the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes
                          thereto.

               3.  EXHIBITS



                                       24
<PAGE>   26
EXHIBIT
   NO.         DESCRIPTION
   ---         -----------

   3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation filed November 16, 1994 in
          connection with the Reverse Stock Split (5).

   3.2    Bylaws (10).

   4.1(a) Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1993, between Barry's Jewelers,
          Inc. and First Trust National Association, as trustee ( the
          "Trustee"), with respect to the 11% Senior Secured Notes due December
          22, 2000, including the form of Note certificate (4).

   4.1(b) Amendment No. 1 to Indenture, dated as of February 14, 1994,
          between Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (5).

   4.1(c) Amendment No. 2 to Indenture, dated as of March 18, 1994, between
          Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (6).

   4.1(d) Amendment No. 3 to Indenture, dated as of December 21, 1995, 
          between Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (6).

   4.1(e) Amendment No. 4 to Indenture, dated as of August 30, 1996, between
          Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (9).

   4.2    Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1993, by and among the
          Company and the holders signatories thereto (1).

   4.3    Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
          December 22, 1993, by and among the Company and the holders
          signatories thereto (1).

   4.4    Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22,
          1993, by and among the Company and the holders signatories thereto
          (1).

   4.5    Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of
          August 30, 1996, by and among the Company, The First National Bank of
          Boston ("FNBB"), as lender and agent thereunder (9).

   4.6(a) Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
          22, 1993, among FNBB, as collateral agent for the secured parties and
          as agent for the lenders (under the New Revolving Credit Agreement),
          the Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the Notes and the Company
          (1).

   4.6(b) Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated as of December 21, 1995, to
          Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
          22, 1993, among FNBB, the Trustee, and the Company (6).

   4.6(c) Amendment Agreement No. 2, dated as of August 30, 1996, to
          Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
          22, 1993, among FNBB, the Trustee, and the Company (5).

   4.7    Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August 30,
          1996, between the Company and FNBB, as collateral agent for the
          secured parties (9).

   4.8    Second Amended and Restated Trademark Collateral Security and Pledge
          Agreement, dated as of August 30, 1996, between the Company and FNBB
          (9).

  10.1    Lease dated February 1, 1990 between the El Monte Partnership as
          Landlord and Barry's Jewelers, Inc. as Tenant (8).

  10.2    Executive Incentive Bonus Plan for the year ended May 31, 1994 (2).*

  10.3    Executive Incentive Bonus Plan for the year ended May 31, 1995 (5).*


                                       25
<PAGE>   27
EXHIBIT
  NO.          DESCRIPTION
  ---          -----------

 10.4     Lease dated December 1, 1990, between Gerson I. Fox and David Blum, as
          Lessors, and BBF Jewelers Management, Inc., as Lessee (2).

 10.5     Deferred Compensation Plan (4).*

 10.6     Executive Deferral Plan (6).*

 10.7     Executive Bonus Plan - Master Plan Document (4).*

 10.8     Executive Bonus Plan - Trust Agreement (4).*

 10.9     Employee Stock Purchase Plan (5).*

 10.10    Employment Agreement dated April 8, 1996, between the Company and
          Thomas S. Liston (9).*

 10.11    Employment Agreement dated April 8, 1996, between the Company and
          Robert Bridel (9).*

 10.12    Agreement dated March 19, 1997, between the Company and Thomas S.
          Liston (10).*

 10.13    Agreement dated March 19, 1997, between the Company and Robert Bridel
          (10).*

 10.14(a) Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into between the Company
          and each of Samuel J. Merksamer, as President and Chief Executive
          Officer, E. Peter Healey, as Executive Vice President, Chief
          Financial Officer and Secretary, Randy N. McCullough, as Senior Vice
          President - Merchandising, Chad C. Haggar, as Vice President -
          Operations, and Bill R. Edgel, as Vice President - Marketing (10).* 

 10.14(b) Term Sheet between the Company and certain of the Company's creditors
          evidencing their compromise regarding the terms of such employment
          agreements (10).*

 10.14(c) Schedule of Certain Terms of such employment agreements (10).*

 10.15(a) Form of Trade Financing Agreement Term Sheet (10).

 10.15(b) Form of Trade Financing Agreement (10).

 10.15(c) Exhibit B to Form of Trade Financing Agreement (10).

 10.15(d) Form of Consignment Agreement (10).

 23       Consent of Independent Auditors (10).

 27       Financial Data Schedule (10).

- ------------------------------------------------

(1)    Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on 
       Form 8-K filed December 22, 1993.
(2)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the year ended May 31, 1993.
(3)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 6, "Exhibits," of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
       10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 1993.
(4)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the year ended May 31, 1994.
(5)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the year ended May 31, 1995.
(6)    Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on 
       Form 8-K filed December 21, 1995.
(7)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K/A for the year ended May 31, 1995.
(8)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the year ended May 31, 1990.
(9)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
       response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
       10-K for the year ended May 31, 1996.
(10)   Filed herewith.

*      Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)    Reports on Form 8-K

       On May 20, 1997, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with
       respect to Item 3 under Form 8-K.       


                                       26
<PAGE>   28


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                                 BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.



October 14, 1997                                 By:  /s/ SAMUEL J. MERKSAMER
                                                      -----------------------
                                                        Samuel J. Merksamer
                                                        President and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer



October 14, 1997                                 By:  /s/ E. PETER HEALEY
                                                        -------------------
                                                        E. Peter Healey
                                                    Executive Vice President
                                                  and Chief Financial Officer
                                                 (Principal Financial Officer)



October 14, 1997                                  By:  /s/ DANIEL L. FELSENTHAL
                                                      ------------------------
                                                        Daniel L. Felsenthal
                                                      Vice President Finance
                                                  (Principal Accounting Officer)



                                       27
<PAGE>   29
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities indicated on October 14, 1997:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Signature                  Title                      Date
          ---------                  -----                      ----
          <S>                        <C>                        <C>

          /s/ WILLIAM EBERLE         Chairman of the Board      October 14, 1997
          ---------------------      of Directors
          William Eberle


          /s/ SAMUEL J. MERKSAMER    Chief Executive Officer    October 14, 1997
          ------------------------   and Director
          Samuel J. Merksamer


          /s/ DAVID COCHRAN          Director                   October 14, 1997
          ------------------------
          David Cochran


          /s/ JOHN W. GILDEA         Director                   October 14, 1997
          ------------------------
          John W. Gildea


          /s/ CAROL R. GOLDBERG      Director                   October 14, 1997
          ------------------------
          Carol R. Goldberg


          /s/ CLEAVELAND D. MILLER   Director                   October 14, 1997
          ------------------------
          Cleaveland D. Miller


          /s/ WILLIAM P. O'DONNELL   Director                   October 14, 1997
          ------------------------
          William P. O'Donnell
</TABLE>


                                       28
<PAGE>   30
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

                  SCHEDULE II--VALUATION & QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                BALANCE AT      CHARGE TO                       BALANCE AT
                                                BEGINNING       COSTS AND       DEDUCTIONS/       END OF
                                                OF PERIOD       EXPENSES           OTHER          PERIOD
                                                ----------      ---------       -----------     -----------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
YEAR END 1997:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts               $10,930         $18,766         $(19,396)       $10,300
  Inventory valuation allowance                 $    --         $ 3,033         $     --        $ 3,033

YEAR END 1996:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts               $11,662         $11,839         $(12,571)       $10,930

YEAR END 1995:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts               $11,162         $10,501         $(10,001)       $11,662

</TABLE>



                                      F-19
<PAGE>   31

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Barry's Jewelers, Inc.
Monrovia, California


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barry's
Jewelers, Inc. (Debtor-in-Possession) and Subsidiary (the "Company") as of May
31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' (deficiency) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended May 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Barry's Jewelers,
Inc. and Subsidiary as of May 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
May 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has
filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or
provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings. In particular, such
financial statements do not purport to show (a) as to assets, their realizable
value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (b)
as to prepetition liabilities, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or
contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (c) as to shareholder
accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of
the Company; or (d) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made
in its business.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements, the Company is currently operating its
business as Debtor-in-Possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court,
and continuation of the Company as a going concern is contingent upon, among
other things, its ability to formulate a Plan of Reorganization which will be
approved by its creditors and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, and its ability
to generate sufficient cash flows from operations and financing sources. The
uncertainties inherent in the bankruptcy process and the Company's recurring
losses from operations and shareholders' capital deficiency raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans
concerning these matters are discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include adjustments
that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


Los Angeles, California
October 1, 1997





                                      F-1
<PAGE>   32

                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. and SUBSIDIARY
                             (Debtor-in-Possession)
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        May 31, 1997            May 31, 1996
                                                        ------------            ------------
<S>                                                     <C>                     <C>
                                     ASSETS (Notes 1 and 6)

Current assets:
        Cash and cash equivalents (Note 6)              $  7,322                $  1,765
        Customer receivables, net of allowances
          for doubtful accounts of $10,300 (1997)
          and $10,930 (1996)                              54,552                  68,720
        Merchandise inventories (Note 3)                  41,374                  54,559
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets          2,142                   2,031
                                                        --------                --------
                Total current assets                     105,390                 127,075

Property and equipment: (Note 1)
        Leasehold improvements, furniture
          and fixtures                                    20,726                  23,013
        Computers and equipment                            4,110                   3,778
                                                        --------                --------
                                                          24,836                  26,791
        Less: accumulated depreciation
          and amortization                                 9,413                  10,425
                                                        --------                --------
        Net property and equipment                        15,423                  16,366
        Deferred income taxes (Note 7)                        72                     122
        Other assets, principally deferred debt
          issuance costs, net of accumulated
          amortization of $1,834 (1997)
          and $1,864 (1996) (Note 6)                       2,598                   2,312
                                                        --------                --------
                Total assets                            $123,483                $145,875
                                                        ========                ========

                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY (Notes 1 and 6)

Current liabilities:
        Accounts payable - trade                        $    221                $  3,837
        Other accrued liabilities (Note 4)                 5,687                   5,238
        Current portion of long-term
          debt (Note 6)                                        -                     181
                                                        --------                --------
                Total current liabilities                  5,908                   9,256
Long-term debt, less current
  maturities (Note 6)                                          -                 103,398
Liabilities subject to compromise under
  reorganization proceedings (Notes 5 and 6)             130,271                       -
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 9)
Shareholders' (deficiency) equity: (Note 9)
        Common stock, no par value; authorized
          8,000,000 shares; issued and
          outstanding, 4,029,372 (1997) and
          3,999,416 (1996)                                33,247                  33,196
        (Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings          (45,943)                     25
                                                        --------                --------
                Total shareholders' (deficiency)
                  equity                                 (12,696)                 33,221
                                                        --------                --------
                Total liabilities and shareholders' 
                  (deficiency) equity                   $123,483                $145,875
                                                        ========                ========

</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                      F-2
<PAGE>   33
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
            (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                          1997            1996            1995
                                                        --------        --------        --------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                               $130,446        $140,145        $136,055
Finance and credit insurance fees                         13,900          16,008          15,681
                                                        --------        --------        --------
                                                         144,346         156,153         151,736
                                                        --------        --------        --------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of goods sold, buying and occupancy (Note 3)       93,002          83,769          78,907
  Selling, general and administrative expenses            57,036          51,974          50,966
  Provision for doubtful accounts                         18,766          11,759          10,193
  Impairment loss (Note 2)                                 3,947            --              --
  Restructuring expenses (Note 1)                          1,336            --              --
                                                        --------        --------        --------
                                                         174,087         147,502         140,066
                                                        --------        --------        --------
        Operating (loss) income                          (29,741)          8,651          11,670

Interest expense, net                                     12,745          11,146           9,764
                                                        --------        --------        --------
    (Loss) income before reorganization costs,
      income taxes, and extraordinary item               (42,486)         (2,495)          1,906
Reorganization costs (Notes 2 and 8)                       2,322            --              --
                                                        --------        --------        --------
    (Loss) income before income taxes and
      extraordinary item                                 (44,808)         (2,495)          1,906
Income taxes (Note 7)                                        284             288            --
                                                        --------        --------        --------
    (Loss) income before extraordinary item              (45,092)         (2,783)          1,906
Extraordinary item (Note 6)                                 (876)           --              --
                                                        --------        --------        --------
Net (loss) income                                       $(45,968)       $ (2,783)       $  1,906
                                                        ========        ========        ========

Per share data:
  (Loss) income before extraordinary item               $ (11.25)       $  (0.70)       $   0.48
                                                        ========        ========        ========
  Extraordinary item (Note 6)                           $  (0.22)       $   --          $   --
                                                        ========        ========        ========
  (Loss) income                                         $ (11.47)       $  (0.70)       $   0.48
                                                        ========        ========        ========
Weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding                                       4,007           3,978           3,969
                                                        ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F-3
<PAGE>   34
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
                       (DOLLARS AND SHARES IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK              RETAINED
                                       ------------------------        EARNINGS        DEFERRED
                                       SHARES           AMOUNT         (DEFICIT)     COMPENSATION        TOTAL
                                       ------           ------         --------      ------------      ---------
<S>                                    <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
Balance at May 31, 1994                 3,969           $32,715        $    902         $(50)           $ 33,567
  Net income for the year                                                 1,906                            1,906

  Utilization of pre-reorganization
    net operating loss carryovers
    (Note 7)                                                221                                              221
  Amortization of deferred compensation                                                   50                  50
                                       ------           -------        --------         ----            --------
Balance at May 31, 1995                 3,969            32,936           2,808           --              35,744
  Net loss for the year                                                  (2,783)                          (2,783)
  Utilization of pre-reorganization
    net operating loss carryovers
    (Note 7)                                                173                                              173
  Shares issued pursuant to employee
    stock purchase plan (Note 9)           30                87                                               87
                                       ------           -------        --------         ----            --------
Balance at May 31, 1996                 3,999            33,196              25           --              33,221
  Net loss for the year                                                 (45,968)                         (45,968)
  Shares issued pursuant to employment
    contracts (Note 9)                     20                37                                               37
  Shares issued pursuant to employee
    stock purchase plan (Note 9)           10                14                                               14
                                       ------           -------        --------         ----            --------
Balance at May 31, 1997                 4,029           $33,247        $(45,943)        $ --            $(12,696)
                                       ======           =======        ========         ====            ========   

</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F-4
<PAGE>   35
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                         1997            1996             1995
                                                        ------          -------          ------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net (loss) income                                     $(45,968)       $ (2,783)       $  1,906
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income
    to net cash provided by (used in) 
    operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                          4,992           4,626           3,854
    Impairment of long-lived assets                        3,947             --              --
    Extraordinary loss                                       876             --              --
    Compensation on issuance of common stock
      (Note 9)                                                37             --               50
    Provision for doubtful accounts                       18,766          11,759          10,193
    Inventory valuation allowance                          3,003             --              --
    Loss on sale of abandonment of property
      and equipment                                          311             274             101
    Deferred income taxes                                     50             878            (882)
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Customer receivables                                  (4,598)        (10,395)        (16,151)
    Merchandise inventories                               10,152            (724)        (11,260)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets               (111)             (4)         (1,141)
    Other assets                                          (2,385)         (1,336)           (351)
    Restructuring and reorganization costs                 2,752             --              --
    Accounts payable - trade                               6,728          (6,296)          2,703
    Other accrued liabilities                              9,681          (1,995)          1,380
                                                        --------        --------        --------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
        operating activities                               8,263          (5,996)         (9,598)
                                                        --------        --------        --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property and equipment                      (7,158)         (4,500)         (6,516)
  Proceeds from sale of assets                                74               9              24
                                                        --------        --------        --------
      Net cash used in investing activities               (7,084)         (4,491)         (6,492)
                                                        --------        --------        --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net borrowing (repayments) under revolving
    credit facility                                       49,666         (13,435)         16,507
  Net (repayments) borrowings under securitization
    facility                                             (45,119)         45,119              --
  Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan                  14              87              --
  Principal payments on long-term debt                      (183)           (473)           (561)
  Reduction of long-term debt from securitization 
    transaction                                               --         (20,000)             --
                                                        --------        --------        --------
      Net cash provided by financing activities            4,378          11,298          15,946
                                                        --------        --------        --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
  equivalents                                              5,557             811            (144) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year             1,765             954           1,098
                                                        --------        --------        --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                $  7,322        $  1,765        $    954      
                                                        ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F-5
<PAGE>   36
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                         1997            1996            1995
                                                        ------          -------         ------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for
    Interest                                            $8,364          $11,338         $9,105
    Income taxes                                        $   30          $   543         $  976
  Noncash investing and financing activities:
    Capital lease obligations                           $   --          $    19         $  487
    Utilization of pre-reorganization net
      operating loss carryovers (increase to 
      common stock and reduction of current
      income taxes payable)                             $   --          $   173         $  221


</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                  



                                      F-6
<PAGE>   37

                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


1.         REORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

           Barry's Jewelers, Inc. (Debtor-in-Possession) and subsidiary (the
           "Company") operates a chain of retail stores that sell fine jewelry
           and watches, utilizing credit financing to enhance sales. Since May
           11, 1997, the Company has operated as "Debtor-in-Possession" under
           the protection of Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
           ("Chapter 11"). It operated 130 stores on May 31, 1997, 161 stores on
           May 31, 1996, and 162 stores on May 31, 1995.

           Throughout fiscal 1997, the Company experienced significant operating
           losses that necessitated the Company's renegotiation of financial
           covenants and certain other terms contained in its Amended Revolving
           Credit Agreement during the second quarter of fiscal 1997 (Note 6).

           In January, 1997, management announced its intent to implement a
           Company-wide restructuring and other cost savings initiatives during
           the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1997. Those initiatives
           included a plan not to renew leases on twelve stores and closing
           eighteen to twenty-four under-performing stores with concurrent
           reductions in overhead at the Company's remaining stores and
           reduction in corporate expenses. However, the management team of the
           Company was replaced in February 1997 prior to the full execution of
           the restructuring and cost savings initiatives. At the end of the
           third quarter, the Company recorded restructuring charges of
           approximately $1,336 primarily related to severance and costs
           associated with eleven stores closed during the quarter, impairment
           losses of approximately $1,970 related principally to impairment of
           leasehold improvements and fixtures at twenty-six under performing
           stores and a $1,095 cost of goods sold charge to hasten the
           liquidation of aged inventory in an effort to improve cash flow.

           At the end of the third quarter, due to continued operating losses
           the Company was again not in compliance with certain financial
           covenants contained in the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement.
           As a result, the Company was unable to make interest payments to the
           holders of the Senior Secured Notes (Note 6). Additionally, most
           vendors were not extending terms and substantially all new
           merchandise purchases were on a cash basis. Because of these
           restrictions on cash flow and an inability to renegotiate existing
           bank debt or raise additional capital through other sources, the
           Company decided to seek bankruptcy protection.

           On May 11, 1997, (the "Petition Date"), the Company filed a voluntary
           petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 in the United States
           Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Los Angeles
           Division. Management determined that filing the Chapter 11 petition
           would allow the Company the needed time and flexibility to
           restructure its operations, help assure the continued flow of
           merchandise to its stores, and provide the time and protection
           necessary to restructure the Company's funding sources.

           Since the Petition Date, the Company has continued in possession of
           its properties and, as Debtor-in-Possession, is authorized to operate
           and manage its businesses and enter into all transactions (including
           obtaining services, inventories, and supplies) that it could have
           entered into in the ordinary course of business without approval of
           the Bankruptcy Court. A statutory Creditors' Committee and an
           official Bondholders' Committee have also been appointed.

           In a Chapter 11 filing, substantially all liabilities as of the
           Petition Date are subject to compromise or other treatment under a
           plan of reorganization. For financial reporting purposes, those
           liabilities and obligations whose disposition is dependent on the
           outcome of the Chapter 11 filing have been segregated and classified
           as liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings
           in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (Note 5). Generally,
           actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of all pre-Chapter 11
           liabilities as well as all pending litigation against the Company are
           stayed while the Company continues its business operations as
           Debtor-in-Possession. Schedules have been filed by the Company with
           the Bankruptcy Court setting forth its assets and liabilities as of
           the Petition Date as reflected in the Company's accounting records.
           Differences between amounts reflected in such schedules and claims
           filed by creditors will be


                                      F-7
<PAGE>   38

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           investigated and either amicably resolved or adjudicated before the
           Bankruptcy Court. The ultimate amount of and settlement terms for
           such liabilities are subject to a plan of reorganization and
           accordingly are not presently determinable.

           Under the Bankruptcy Code, the Company may elect to assume or reject
           real estate leases, employment contracts, personal property leases,
           service contracts and other prepetition executory contracts, subject
           to Bankruptcy Court approval. The liabilities subject to compromise
           under reorganization proceedings include a provision for the
           estimated amount that may be claimed by lessors and allowed in
           connection with the unexpired real estate leases. The Company will
           continue to analyze its executory contracts and may assume or reject
           additional contracts.

           The new management team has developed a business plan to (1)
           reposition the Company's merchandise selection; (2) establish vendor
           partnering programs to bring in new consignment inventory and return
           aged merchandise to vendors in exchange for new inventory; (3)
           establish a consistent store format and consolidate trade names; (4)
           adjust the Company's pricing and commission structure to improve
           sales and strengthen its competitive position; (5) pursue
           alternatives to an in-house credit and collection process; and (6)
           install modern merchandising and point-of-sale systems.

           The Company reached an agreement in July 1997 with its vendors and
           creditors regarding the terms of a trade debtor-in-possession
           financing agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the participating
           vendors will allow the Company to return merchandise with a value
           equal to up to 75% of the vendor's prepetition claim. The value of
           the prepetition merchandise returned shall not exceed, in the
           aggregate, approximately $7,913. Additionally, participating vendors
           will also provide credit for merchandise purchases in an amount equal
           to two and one-half times the value of the prepetition merchandise
           returned. The revolving trade credit will be granted, generally, on
           90-day terms for a period of one year from the date of the agreement.

           Additionally, the Company also reached an agreement in July 1997 with
           its vendors and creditors allowing the Company to increase the level
           of consigned merchandise. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement,
           certain Company vendors will commit to maintain a specified minimum
           amount of consigned merchandise with the Company for a specified
           period. The Company shall hold such merchandise for sale in the
           ordinary course of its business and is responsible for insuring the
           consignment merchandise for its full value and against all risks of
           loss.

           The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
           in conformity with principles of accounting applicable to a going
           concern, which contemplate the realization of assets and the
           satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As a
           result of the Chapter 11 filing and circumstances relating to this
           event, such realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities is
           subject to uncertainty. A plan of reorganization could materially
           change the amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated
           financial statements, which do not give effect to adjustments to the
           carrying values of assets and liabilities, which may be necessary as
           a consequence of a plan of reorganization. The Company's ability to
           continue as a going concern is contingent upon, among other things,
           its ability to formulate a plan of reorganization that will be
           confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, to achieve satisfactory levels of
           profitability and cash flow from operations, to maintain compliance
           with the debtor-in-possession trade financing agreement and terms of
           the cash stipulation (Note 6), and the ability to obtain sufficient
           financing sources to meet future obligations.

2.         SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

           Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements
           include the accounts of Barry's Jewelers Inc. and its wholly owned
           subsidiary for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1997 and 1996;
           intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.



                                      F-8
<PAGE>   39

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           Prior Reorganization    On February 26, 1992, the Company voluntarily
           initiated a case under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
           Code and filed a prenegotiated plan of reorganization. On June 19,
           1992, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of
           California entered an order confirming the Company's Amended Plan of
           Reorganization, as modified (the "Prior Reorganization Plan"). The
           effective date of the Prior Reorganization Plan was June 30, 1992.

           Cash and Cash Equivalents    The Company considers all highly liquid
           investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be 
           cash equivalents.

           Customer Receivables    The Company offers its merchandise on credit
           terms to qualified customers. The Company's policy is to attempt to
           obtain a cash down payment on all credit sales, with remaining
           monthly payments established such that the payment of the credit
           balance will occur, generally, over a period ranging from 24 to 36
           months. In accordance with industry practice, customer receivables
           are included in current assets in the Company's consolidated balance
           sheet. The Company routinely assesses the collectibility of its
           customer receivables.

           The Company's receivables are with customers residing principally in
           Texas and California, with approximately 40% and 33%, respectively,
           of all customer accounts. The Company does business in 18 states,
           primarily California, Texas, Arizona, North Carolina, Utah, Indiana,
           Ohio, Colorado, Idaho, and Montana.

           Merchandise Inventories    Merchandise inventories, substantially all
           of which represent finished goods, are stated at the lower of
           weighted average cost or market. Weighted average cost is determined
           on the first-in, first-out method.

           Property and Equipment    Property and equipment in existence at June
           30, 1992 were stated at fair values as of that date pursuant to fresh
           start reporting adopted in connection with the Prior Reorganization
           Plan. Additions since June 30, 1992 are stated at cost.

           Depreciation and amortization of leasehold improvements, furniture
           and fixtures, and equipment are computed by the straight-line method
           over the lesser of related lease terms or the estimated useful lives
           of such assets as set forth in the following table:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Useful Lives
                                                 in Years
                                                -----------
                      <S>                       <C>
                      Leasehold improvements       10-15
                      Furniture and fixtures        5-10 
                      Computers and equipment          5
</TABLE>


           Impairment of Long-lived Assets    The Financial Accounting Standards
           Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
           ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets
           and for Long-lived Assets to be Disposed Of," which is effective for
           fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The standard requires
           an entity to review long-lived assets for impairment and recognize a
           loss if expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount
           of the assets; such losses are measured as the difference between the
           carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets. The
           estimated fair value is determined based on expected future cash
           flows. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 1997 and
           recognized an impairment loss of approximately $3,947. This
           impairment loss is comprised of leasehold improvements and fixtures
           at 37 closed stores, as well as computer equipment and software
           related to the Company's plan to replace its merchandise management
           and point-of-sale systems.

           Deferred Debt Issuance Costs    Deferred debt issuance costs are
           reported on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as other assets
           and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of
           the related financing agreements.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>   40

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           Revenue Recognition     The Company recognizes revenue upon delivery
           of merchandise to the customer and either the receipt of a cash
           payment or approval of a credit agreement.

           Reorganization Costs     Professional fees and expenditures directly
           related to the Chapter 11 filing are classified as reorganization
           costs and are expensed as incurred. Reorganization costs for the year
           ended May 31, 1997, consisted primarily of estimated store lease
           rejection claims and professional fees. Cash paid for reorganization
           costs during the year ended May 31, 1997 amounted to $1,205,
           including amounts paid to professionals as retainers. The retainers
           are included in prepaid and other current assets in the accompanying
           consolidated balance sheet.

           Income Taxes     Income taxes are computed using the liability
           method. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes payable
           for the current period and the deferred income tax consequences of
           transactions that have been recognized in the Company's financial
           statements or income tax returns. The carrying value of deferred
           income tax assets is determined based on an evaluation of whether the
           realization of such assets is more likely than not. Temporary
           differences result primarily from accrued liabilities, valuation
           allowances, depreciation and amortization, and state franchise taxes.

           Income (Loss) per Share     Income (loss) per share is based on the
           weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock
           equivalents outstanding during the periods presented. Common stock
           equivalents consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock
           options and warrants, and are included in the calculation of the
           weighted average number of shares outstanding when their effect is
           dilutive.

           On November 1, 1994, the Company's Board of Directors declared a
           1-for-5 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock and
           decreased authorized common shares to 8 million shares effective
           November 16, 1994. All references in the financial statements to the
           number of shares and per share amounts have been retroactively
           adjusted for the reverse stock split and the decrease in the number
           of authorized shares.

           Accounting for Stock-based Compensation     In October 1995, the FASB
           issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-based Compensation." SFAS
           No. 123 requires compensation expense equal to the fair value of the
           option grant to be estimated using accepted option policy formulas
           when the option is granted. The compensation may either be charged to
           the statement of operations or set forth as pro forma information in
           the footnotes to the financial statements, depending on the method
           elected by the Company upon adoption of the standard. During fiscal
           1997, the Company adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123
           and elected to continue using the intrinsic value method prescribed
           in Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25, "Accounting
           for Stock Issued to Employees," for stock option expense recognition.
           The Company omitted the pro forma information required to be
           disclosed due to immateriality.

           Use of Estimates     The preparation of financial statements in
           conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
           management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
           amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
           and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
           reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting period.
           Actual results could differ from those estimates.

           Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments     The carrying amounts
           of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts payable and accrued
           liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
           these financial instruments. As a result of the Company's Chapter 11
           filing, a limited market has developed for the trading of financial
           instruments included as liabilities subject to compromise. Since the
           market for claims against the Company under Chapter 11 is not well
           developed, no reliable source of market price is available.

           Reclassifications    Certain reclassifications have been made to
           prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.



                                      F-10
<PAGE>   41



                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           Prospective Accounting Changes     The FASB has issued SFAS No. 128, 
           "Earnings Per Share".  The Company will adopt SFAS No. 128 in fiscal 
           1998.

           In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about
           Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which will be
           effective for the Company beginning with fiscal 1998. SFAS No. 131
           redefines how operating segments are determined and requires
           disclosure of certain financial and descriptive information about an
           enterprise's operating segments. The Company has not yet completed
           its analysis of which operating segments it will report, if any.

3.         INVENTORY VALUATION

           In connection with the change in merchandising  strategy  developed 
           by the Company's new management team, an inventory valuation reserve 
           of $3,033 was established as of May 31, 1997 to adjust the carrying 
           value of ending inventory to its estimated net realizable value.

4.         OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

           Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     May 31,                           1997           1996
                     ---------------------------     ------         ------
                     <S>                             <C>            <C>   
                     Accrued wages and benefits      $2,277         $2,325
                     Other accrued expenses           1,707          1,392
                     Sales tax                          633            581
                     Accrued interest                   617            594
                     Layaway and customer refunds       453            346
                                                     ------         ------
                                                     $5,687         $5,238
                                                     ======         ======
</TABLE>



                                      F-11
<PAGE>   42


                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


5.         LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE UNDER REORGANIZATION PROCEEDINGS

           Liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings
           consist of the following as of May 31, 1997:
                                
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                     <C>
        Secured liabilities:
          Borrowings outstanding under
            Revolving Credit Agreement (Note 6)                 $ 57,855
          Senior Secured Notes (includes interest payable               
            of $3,073 accrued through Petition Date)              53,073
          Other notes payable and capital lease obligations           88
                                                                --------
                                                                 111,016

        Unsecured liabilities:
          Trade accounts payable                                  10,344
          Other accrued expenses (includes restructuring
            and reorganization expenses)                           8,911
                                                                --------
                                                                  19,255
                                                                --------
                                                                $130,271
                                                                ========
</TABLE>

           Any plan of reorganization ultimately approved by the Company's
           impaired prepetition creditors and shareholders and confirmed by the
           Bankruptcy Court may materially change the amounts and terms of these
           prepetition liabilities. Such amounts are estimated as of May 31,
           1997, and the Company anticipates that claims filed with the
           Bankruptcy Court by the Company's creditors will be reconciled to the
           Company's financial records. The additional liability arising from
           this reconciliation process, if any, is not subject to reasonable
           estimation, and accordingly, no provision has been recorded for these
           possible claims. The termination of other contractual obligations and
           the settlement of disputed claims may create additional prepetition
           liabilities. Such amounts, if any, will be recognized in the balance
           sheet as they are identified and become subject to reasonable
           estimation.

6.         LONG-TERM DEBT

           Long-term debt consists of the following (amounts as of May 31, 1997
           are included with Liabilities Subject to Compromise -- Note 5):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        MAY 31,                                                 1997        1996
        -------------------------------------------------   --------    --------
        <S>                                                 <C>         <C>
        Revolving Credit Agreement                          $ 57,855    $  8,190
        Senior Secured Notes                                  50,000      50,000
        Other notes payable and capital lease obligations         88         270
        Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility             --        45,119
                                                            --------    --------
                                                             107,943     103,579
        Less: current portion                                   --           181
                                                            --------    --------
                                                            $107,943    $103,398
                                                            ========    ========
</TABLE>



                                      F-12
<PAGE>   43

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           On December 21, 1995, the Company completed an accounts receivable
           securitization (the "Securitization Facility"). In connection with
           the Securitization Facility, the Company also entered into an amended
           and restated revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
           Agreement"), which amended the original December 22, 1993 credit
           agreement. The Company granted the lender under the Revolving Credit
           Agreement a lien on substantially all of its assets and properties.
           Both the Securitization Facility and the Revolving Credit Agreement
           were three-year facilities.

           The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 11% per annum, payable
           semiannually on April 30 and October 31, are due December 22, 2000,
           and are secured by an interest in the Company's assets that is second
           in priority to the obligations pursuant to the Revolving Credit
           Agreement. Accrued interest payable on the Senior Secured Notes was
           $3,234 and $458 at May 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

           During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company was notified
           that the Agent of the Securitization Facility desired to extinguish
           the commitment under the facility. On August 30, 1996, in conjunction
           with the termination of the Securitization Facility, the Company
           entered into an amended revolving credit agreement (the "Amended
           Revolving Credit Agreement") and paid fees of approximately $2,305,
           which it deferred and is amortizing over the term of the agreement.
           On August 30, 1996, the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes
           was also amended to the extent required to permit the consummation of
           the Amended Revolving Credit Agreement and the termination of the
           Securitization Facility. The Company recorded an extraordinary charge
           of $876 in connection with the early extinguishment of the
           Securization Facility.

           On January 27, 1997, the Company's Amended Revolving Credit Agreement
           was amended again (the "Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement")
           and the bank waived the Company's non-compliance with certain
           financial covenants therein for the quarter ended November 30, 1996
           and reduced its commitment to lend to the Company from $85,000 to
           $70,000 as of January 27, 1997 through May 31, 1997, at which time
           the commitment would be further reduced to $65,000 from June 1, 1997
           through the final maturity date of August 31, 1999. Outstanding
           borrowings bear interest at the agent bank's reference rate plus 1.5%
           unless an Event of Default (as defined in the Second Amended
           Revolving Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing, or is not
           waived, in which case such outstanding borrowings bear interest at
           3.0% above the rate otherwise payable.

           The Company again failed to meet certain financial covenants
           contained in the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement at
           February 28, 1997, which constituted an Event of Default, and the
           bank did not waive the Company's non-compliance with these financial
           covenants. Additionally, the Event of Default prohibited the Company
           from paying the interest on the Senior Secured Notes due on April 30,
           1997.

           Loans outstanding of $57,855 under the Second Amended Revolving
           Credit Agreement at May 31, 1997 bear a weighted average interest
           rate of 13.3%. All debt has been classified as liabilities subject to
           compromise in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as a result
           of the Chapter 11 filing (Note 1).

           On May 14, 1997, the Company received interim approval of the
           Bankruptcy Court of an Agreement to Use Cash Collateral. At May 31,
           1997, approximately $1,313 of the Company's consolidated cash balance
           was restricted from use in accordance with the terms of the
           agreement. The Company operated under this agreement until July 22,
           1997, at which time it received final court approval of an Amended
           and Restated Stipulation Pursuant to Sections 361 and 363 of the
           Bankruptcy Code Authorizing Debtor's Use of Cash Collateral and
           Granting Adequate Protection to Collateral Agent, Lenders and
           Bondholders (the "Cash Stipulation"). Pursuant to the terms of the
           Cash Stipulation, the lenders agreed to increase the availability
           under the Company's Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement to 82%
           of eligible accounts receivable, as defined, and to 45% of eligible
           inventory, as defined, subject to various reductions stipulated in
           the Cash Stipulation. As of the Petition Date, the Company had no
           availability under the Second Amended Revolving Credit Agreement.



                                      F-13
<PAGE>   44

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


7.         INCOME TAXES

           At May 31, 1997, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward
           for federal income tax purposes of $61,700 which is scheduled to
           expire in the years May 31, 2006 through May 31, 2012. Of this
           $61,700, approximately $14,000 is scheduled to expire in the years
           May 31, 2006 through May 31, 2008, and is subject to the limitations
           imposed under Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 382.

           Section 382 of the Code provides a limitation (Section 382
           limitation) on the use of net operating loss carryovers, net
           operating losses, and certain built-in losses and deduction items of
           a loss corporation that has an ownership change. For financial
           statement purposes, utilization of a net operating loss, under
           Section 382 of the Code, is recorded as a credit to common stock.

           The balance of the net operating losses, approximately $47,700, is 
           not subject to the limitations imposed under IRC Section 382 and is 
           scheduled to expire through May 31, 2012.

           At May 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company has recorded a noncurrent
           deferred tax asset of $72 and $122, respectively, representing
           alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards. Unlike net
           operating loss carryforwards, the AMT credit has an indefinite
           carryforward periods as it will be available to reduce the Company's
           regular tax liability in any future year.

           The Company maintains a valuation allowance against the net deferred 
           tax assets, which, in management's opinion, reflects the net 
           deferred tax asset which is more likely than not to be realized.

           The provision for income taxes includes the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  For the years ended May 31,         1997      1996    1995
                  ---------------------------         ----     -----   -----
                  <S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
                           Current:
                                    Federal           $204     $(630)  $ 853
                                    State               30        40      29
                                                      ----     -----   -----
                                                       234      (590)    882

                           Deferred:
                                    Federal             50       285    (652)
                                    State                -       593    (230)
                                                      ----     -----   -----
                                                        50       878    (882)
                                                      ----     -----   -----
                                                      $284     $ 288   $   -
                                                      ====     =====    ====
</TABLE>



                                      F-14
<PAGE>   45
                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


           The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal
income tax rate as follows:

For the years ended May 31,                             1997    1996    1995
- ---------------------------                            ------  ------  ------
   Statutory rate                                      -35.0%  -35.0%   35.0%
   Surtax benefit                                        1.0     1.0    (1.0)
   State taxes (net of federal benefit)                  --      1.1     3.6
   Valuation allowance                                  35.4    41.7   (34.8)
   Alternative minimum tax credits                       --      --     (3.8)
   Other                                                (0.8)    2.7     1.0
                                                        ----    ----    ----
                                                         0.6%   11.5%    0.0%
                                                        ====    ====    ====

           Significant components of the Company's deferred income taxes are as
follows:

Current tax assets:                             May 31, 1997    May 31, 1996
                                                ------------    ------------
   Customer accounts receivable                    $ 4,460        $  4,734
   Merchandise inventories                             896           1,225
   Vacation accrual                                    211             283
   State franchise taxes                              (741)             (4)
   Other                                                --             (64)
                                                  --------        --------
                                                     4,826           6,174

Noncurrent tax assets:
   State franchise taxes                            (1,039)           (745)
   Property and equipment                              (36)           (111)
   Inventory valuation allowance                     1,313              --
   Net operating loss carryforwards                 22,492           6,053
   Other                                               362             421
                                                  --------        --------
                                                    23,092           5,618
                                                  --------        --------
Total deferred tax assets                           27,918          11,792
   Valuation allowance                             (27,846)        (11,670)
                                                  --------        --------
Net deferred tax assets                           $     72        $    122
                                                  ========        ========




                                      F-15
<PAGE>   46

                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


8.         COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

           The Company leases store and office facilities and certain equipment
           used in its regular operations under operating leases which expire at
           various dates through 2007. The store leases provide for additional
           rentals based upon sales and for payment of taxes, insurance and
           certain other expenses. Rent expense charged to operations is as
           follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the years ended May 31,             1997            1996            1995
- ---------------------------           -------         -------         -------  
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
    Minimum rentals                   $11,616         $10,514         $ 9,914
    Contingent rentals                  2,706           2,829           2,816
                                      -------         -------         -------
                                      $14,322         $13,343         $12,730
                                      =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>
 
           Included in the above table is rent expense paid to officers/
           shareholders  related to certain stores and the office facility of 
           $649, $684, and $787,  respectively for the fiscal years ended May 
           31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

           Subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, the Company can
           reject executory contracts, including leases, under the relevant
           provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Rejection of a lease gives the
           lessor the right to assert a prepetition claim against the Company.
           However, the amount of the claim may be limited by the Bankruptcy
           Court. In connection with the closure of certain stores (Note 1),
           certain leases have been renegotiated, settled, or rejected. The
           expected costs of such lease terminations are included in
           reorganization expenses in the statement of operations. The analysis
           of minimum rental commitments has not been adjusted to reflect
           possible additional future lease rejections.

           Minimum rental commitments for all remaining noncancelable leases 
           in effect as of May 31, 1997 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the years ending May 31,         Shareholders      Others          Total
- ----------------------------         ------------     -------         -------  
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
    1998                              $  683         $ 7,896         $ 8,579
    1999                                 683           7,374           8,057
    2000                                 688           6,679           7,367
    2001                                 786           5,941           6,727
    2002                                 786           5,360           6,146
    Thereafter                         2,357          17,535          19,892
                                      ------         -------         -------
                                      $5,983         $50,785         $56,768
                                      ======         =======         =======           
</TABLE>

           The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation
           incidental to the conduct of its business. Based upon discussions
           with legal counsel, management believes that its litigation currently
           pending, other than its Chapter 11 proceedings previously discussed,
           will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
           position or results of operations.

9.         SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY

           Stock Option Plans     In 1992, the Company adopted a stock incentive
           plan (the "1992 Stock Option Plan") to enable key employees to
           acquire shares of the Company's common stock. The 1992 Stock Option
           Plan was terminated and replaced by the Company's 1994 Employee Stock
           Option Plan. At May 31, 1997, there were options to purchase 16,080
           shares of the Company's common stock outstanding under the 1992 Stock
           Option Plan.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>   47
                     BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


The 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of Incentive Stock
Options (ISOs) and Nonqualified Stock Options (NSOs). Options granted are at the
fair market value at the date of grant for ISOs (or not less than 85% of fair
market value for NSOs) and, subject to termination of employment, expire no
later than ten years from the date of grant, are not transferable, and vest in
three equal annual installments as specified by the Audit and Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors. Up to 420,000 shares of common stock may be
issued under the 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, amended.

Under the 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, nonemployee directors automatically
receive options to purchase 2,000 shares of common stock upon their being added
to the Board of Directors and options to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock
on the date of each annual meeting of shareholders at which they are reelected
to the Board.

Changes for all options are summarized as follows:

                                                                    Weighted
                                                                     Average 
                                  Number        Option Price        Exercise
                                Of Shares        Per Share            Price
                                ---------       -------------       --------
Outstanding at May 31, 1994      157,130        $4.13 - $4.13         $4.13
     Granted                     105,800        $4.13 - $4.13         $4.13
     Terminated                   (5,830)       $4.13 - $4.13         $4.13
                                ---------       -------------       --------
Outstanding at May 31, 1995      257,100        $4.13 - $4.13         $4.13
     Granted                     254,600        $3.44 - $4.43         $4.05
     Terminated                  (78,424)       $4.13 - $4.13         $4.13
                                ---------       -------------       --------
Outstanding at May 31, 1996      433,276        $3.44 - $4.43         $4.08
     Granted                     180,400        $1.69 - $3.88         $2.27
     Terminated                 (395,296)       $3.38 - $4.43         $4.08
                                ---------       -------------       --------
Outstanding at May 31, 1997      218,380        $1.69 - $4.13         $2.58
                                =========       =============       ========

May 31,                                           1997      1996      1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares exercisable                               24,888   120,329     85,084
Shares available for grant at end of year       217,700    97,600    116,800


The Company omitted the pro forma information required to be disclosed by SFAS
No. 123 due to its immateriality. Because options vest over several years and
additional options are granted each year, the effects on pro forma net loss and
related per share amounts in the current year are not representative of the
effect for future years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Weighted                      Weighted
                                      Weighted Average     Average                        Average
     Range of           Shares           Remaining         Exercise        Shares         Exercise
 Exercise Prices      Outstanding     Contractual Life      Price        Exercisable        Price
- -----------------    -------------    ----------------    ----------    -------------    ----------
<S>                  <C>              <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>
 $1.69 to $3.56         169,000              9.5             $2.17          1,160           $3.50
 $3.56 to $4.13          49,380              7.3             $3.96         23,728           $4.07
                       --------                             ------        -------          ------
                        218,380                              $2.58         24,888           $4.05
</TABLE>




                                      F-17


<PAGE>   48



                      BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                             (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



           Warrants     In connection with the Prior Reorganization Plan, the 
           Company's then lenders received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 
           50,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $16.75 per 
           share, expiring June 30, 2002.

           Employee Incentive Stock Plan     The Employee Incentive Stock Plan
           provides for the grant by the Company of shares of common stock for
           no consideration (other than past services). The Employee Incentive
           Stock Plan has a term of ten years. A total of 100,000 shares of
           common stock was initially reserved for issuance pursuant to the
           Employee Incentive Stock Plan. A total of 90,000 shares was issued
           under the plan during 1992 and 1993. The fair market value of the
           shares of $150,000 at the date of grant was charged to expense over
           the three-year vesting period.

           Employee Stock Purchase Plan     On November 1, 1994, shareholders of
           the Company approved the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
           which enables substantially all employees of the Company with more
           than one year of service to purchase shares of the Company's common
           stock at not less than 85% of the fair market value at the date of
           purchase during one or more offering periods specified by the
           Company. A total of 50,000 shares was authorized for issuance under
           this plan; 9,956 and 30,441 shares of common stock were purchased
           under this plan during fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively.

           Additionally, on February 13, 1997, the Company issued 20,000 shares
           of common stock to two former executives in accordance with their
           employment agreements. The Company recognized compensation expense of
           approximately $37 in connection with this stock issuance.

           Nonqualified Deferred Compensation     Plan On June 1, 1994, a
           Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan was established for the
           benefit of a select group of management, highly compensated employees
           and/or Directors who contribute materially to continued growth,
           development and business success of the Company. The plan is unfunded
           for tax purposes and for the purposes of Title I of ERISA.

           401(k) Retirement Plan     The Board of Directors adopted a qualified
           401(k) retirement plan effective June 1, 1995. Substantially all
           employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Company's
           401(k) plan upon attaining age 21 and six consecutive months of
           service. Employees may elect to contribute 1% to 15% of their
           compensation, subject to certain IRS limitations. Employer matching
           contributions are determined annually by a Board of Directors
           resolution. No employer matching contributions were granted during
           fiscal 1997 or 1996. Participants are partially vested in employer
           matching contributions after 2 years and fully vested after 5 years
           of employment with the Company.




                                      F-18
<PAGE>   49
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT
   NO.         DESCRIPTION
   ---         -----------

   3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation filed November 16, 1994 in
           connection with the Reverse Stock Split (5).

   3.2     Bylaws (10).

   4.1(a)  Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1993, between Barry's Jewelers,
           Inc. and First Trust National Association, as trustee ( the
           "Trustee"), with respect to the 11% Senior Secured Notes due December
           22, 2000, including the form of Note certificate (4).

   4.1(b)  Amendment No. 1 to Indenture, dated as of February 14, 1994,
           between Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (5).

   4.1(c)  Amendment No. 2 to Indenture, dated as of March 18, 1994, between
           Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (6).

   4.1(d)  Amendment No. 3 to Indenture, dated as of December 21, 1995, 
           between Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (6).

   4.1(e)  Amendment No. 4 to Indenture, dated as of August 30, 1996, between
           Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and the Trustee (9).

   4.2     Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1993, by and among the
           Company and the holders signatories thereto (1).

   4.3     Senior Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
           December 22, 1993, by and among the Company and the holders
           signatories thereto (1).

   4.4     Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22,
           1993, by and among the Company and the holders signatories thereto
           (1).

   4.5     Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of
           August 30, 1996, by and among the Company, The First National Bank of
           Boston ("FNBB"), as lender and agent thereunder (9).

   4.6(a)  Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
           22, 1993, among FNBB, as collateral agent for the secured parties and
           as agent for the lenders (under the New Revolving Credit Agreement),
           the Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the Notes and the Company
           (1).

   4.6(b)  Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated as of December 21, 1995, to
           Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
           22, 1993, among FNBB, the Trustee, and the Company (6).

   4.6(c)  Amendment Agreement No. 2, dated as of August 30, 1996, to
           Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December
           22, 1993, among FNBB, the Trustee, and the Company (5).

   4.7     Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August
           30, 1996, between the Company and FNBB, as collateral agent for the
           secured parties (9).

   4.8     Second Amended and Restated Trademark Collateral Security and Pledge
           Agreement, dated as of August 30, 1996, between the Company and FNBB
           (9).

  10.1     Lease dated February 1, 1990 between the El Monte Partnership as
           Landlord and Barry's Jewelers, Inc. as Tenant (8).

  10.2     Executive Incentive Bonus Plan for the year ended May 31, 1994 (2).*

  10.3     Executive Incentive Bonus Plan for the year ended May 31, 1995 (5).*
 
  10.4     Lease dated December 1, 1990, between Gerson I. Fox and David Blum,
           as Lessors, and BBF Jewelers Management, Inc., as Lessee (2).

  10.5     Deferred Compensation Plan (4).*

  10.6     Executive Deferral plan (6).*

  10.7     Executive Bonus Plan - Master Plan Document (4).*

  10.8     Executive Bonus Plan - Trust Agreement (4).*

  10.9     Employee Stock Purchase Plan (5).*

  10.10    Employment Agreement dated April 8, 2996, between the Company and
           Thomas S. Liston (9).*

  10.11    Employment Agreement dated April 8, 1996, between the Company and
           Robert Bridel (9).*

  10.12    Agreement dated March 19, 1997, between the Company and thomas S.
           Liston (10).*

  10.13    Agreement dated March 19, 1997, between the Company and Robert Bridel
           (10).*

  10.14(a) Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into between the Company
           and each of Samuel J. Merksamer, as President and Chief Executive
           Officer, E. Peter Healey, as Executive Vice President, Chief
           Financial Officer and Secretary, Randy N. McCullough, as Senior Vice
           President - Merchandising, Chad C. Haggar, as Vice President -
           Operations, and Bill R. Edgel, as Vice President - Marketing (10).*

  10.14(b) Term Sheet between the Company and certain of the Company's creditors
           evidencing their compromise regarding the terms of such employment
           agreements (10).*

  10.14(c) Schedule of Certain Terms of such employment agreements (10).*

  10.15(a) Trade Financing Agreement Term Sheet (10).

  10.15(b) Form of Trade Financing Agreement (10).

  10.15(c) Exhibit B to Form of Trade Financing Agreement (10).

  10.15(d) Form of Consignment Agreement (10).

  23       Consent of Independent Auditors (10).

  27       Financial Data Schedule (10).

  --------------------------------------------

  (1)    Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on
         Form AK filed December 22, 1993.

  (2)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended May 31, 1993.
  
  (3)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 6, "Exhibits," of the Company's Quarterly Report on
         Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 1993.

  (4)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended May 31, 1994.
 
  (5)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended may 31, 1995.
 
  (6)    Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on
         Form 8-K filed December 21, 1995.

  (7)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K/A for the year ended May 31, 1995.

  (8)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended may 31, 1990.

  (9)    Incorporated herein by reference to the indicated exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14, "Exhibits," of the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended may 31, 1996.

  (10)   Filed herewith.

         Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2


                                     BYLAWS

                          for the regulation, except as
                        otherwise provided by statute or
            the Articles of Incorporation, as amended or restated, of

                             BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.
                            a California corporation



<PAGE>   2
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section    Title                                                  Page
- -------    -----                                                  ----
<S>        <C>                                                     <C>
           ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.01       Principal Executive Office                               1
1.02       Number of Directors                                      1

           ARTICLE II. SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS

2.01       Meetings of Shareholders                                 1

           (a)   Place of Meetings                                  1
           (b)   Annual Meetings                                    1
           (c)   Special Meetings                                   2
           (d)   Notice of Meetings                                 2
           (e)   Manner of Bringing Business
                 Before Meeting                                     3
           (f)   Adjourned Meeting and Notice
                 Thereof                                            4
           (g)   Waiver of Notice                                   4
           (h)   Quorum                                             4

2.02       Organization and Conduct of Meeting                      5

           (a) Chairman of the Meeting                              5
           (b) Right to Attend                                      6

2.03       Voting of Shares                                         6

           (a) In General                                           6
           (b) Cumulative Voting                                    6
           (c) Voting by Ballot                                     6

2.04       Proxies                                                  6
2.05       Inspectors of Election                                   7

           (a) Appointment                                          7
           (b) Duties                                               7

2.06       Record Date                                              8
2.07       Informalities and Irregularities                         8
</TABLE>



                                      -i-
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section    Title                                                  Page
- -------    -----                                                  ----
<S>        <C>                                                     <C>
2.08       Share Certificates                                       9

           (a) In General                                           9
           (b) Two or More Classes or Series                        9
           (c) Special Restrictions                                 9


2.09       Transfer of Certificates                                10
2.10       Lost Certificates                                       10


           ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

3.01       Powers                                                  10
3.02       Committees of the Board                                 11
3.03       Election and Term of Office                             11
3.04       Vacancies                                               11
3.05       Removal                                                 12
3.06       Resignation                                             12
3.07       Meetings of the Board of Directors and
           Committees                                              12
           (a)  Regular Meetings                                   12
           (b)  Organization Meeting                               12
           (c)  Special Meetings                                   12
           (d)  Notices; Waivers                                   13
           (e)  Adjournment                                        13
           (f)  Place of Meeting                                   13
           (g)  Presence by Conference Telephone
                Call                                               13
           (h)  Quorum and Voting                                  13

3.08       Action Without Meeting                                  14
3.09       Committee Meetings                                      14


           ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

4.01       Officers                                                14
4.02       Elections                                               14
4.03       Other officers                                          14
4.04       Removal                                                 14
4.05       Resignation                                             14
4.06       Vacancies                                               15
4.07       Chairman of the Board                                   15
4.08       President                                               15
4.09       Vice President                                          15
4.10       Secretary                                               16
4.11       Chief Financial officer                                 16
</TABLE>


                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section    Title                                                  Page
- -------    -----                                                  ----
<S>        <C>                                                     <C>
4.12       Treasurer                                               16


           ARTICLE V. MISCELLANEOUS

5.01       Records and Reports                                     16

           (a) Books of Account and Proceedings                    16
           (b) Annual Report                                       17
           (c) Shareholders Requests for
               Financial Reports                                   17

5.02       Rights of Inspection                                    17
           (a) By Shareholders                                     17
               (1) Record of Shareholders                          17
               (2) Corporate Records                               15
               (3) Bylaws                                          18
           (b) By Directors                                        18
5.03       Checks, Drafts, Etc                                     18
5.04       Representation of Shares of Other
           corporations                                            15
5.05       Indemnification and Insurance                           19
           (a) Right to Indemnification                            19
           (b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit                     19
           (c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights                           20
           (d) Insurance                                           20

           (e) Indemnification of Employees and
               Agents of the Corporation                           21
5.06       Employee Stock Purchase Plans                           21
5.07       Construction and Definitions                            21


ARTICLE VI.  AMENDMENTS

6.01       Power of Shareholders                                   21
6.02       Power of Directors                                      22
</TABLE>



                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5
                                     BYLAWS

                for the regulation, except as otherwise provided
                  by statute or the Articles of Incorporation,
                      as amended or restated (the "Articles
                             of Incorporation"), of

                             BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.

                          ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS


Section 1.01 Principal Executive Office. The principal executive office of the
corporation shall be located at 111 West Lemon Avenue, Monrovia, California
90160. The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the principal
office to another location and may fix and locate one or more subsidiary offices
within or without the State of California.

Section 1.02 Number of Directors. The affairs of the corporation shall be
managed by a Board of Directors consisting of seven (7) directors.

                       ARTICLE II. SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.01 Meetings of Shareholders.

           (a) Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation or at any other location within or
without the State of California designated by the Board of Directors. In the
absence of a specific designation, shareholders' meetings shall be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation.

           (b) Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the shareholders of the
corporation shall be held on the second Wednesday of each November commencing at
10:00 a.m. local time or on such other date and time as may be designated by the
Board of Directors, in no case more than 15 months after (i) in the case of the
first such meeting following the confirmation of the corporation's plan of
reorganization in its case under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code, the effective date of such plan, or (ii) in the case of each such meeting
thereafter, the last preceding annual meeting, all in accordance with Section
600 of the California General Corporation Law. Should any day set for an annual
meeting fall upon a legal holiday, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be
held at the same time on the next day thereafter ensuing which is a full
business day. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other
business properly brought before the meeting (as prescribed in subpart (e) of
this Section 2.01) may be transacted.


                                       -1-



<PAGE>   6
           (c) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
held whenever and wherever (subject to subpart (a) of this Section 2.01) called
by the Chairman of the Board, any two directors, the President of the
corporation or upon the delivery of proper written request of the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at such
meeting. The business which may be conducted at any such special meeting will be
confined to the purposes stated in the notice thereof provided by the
corporation to the shareholders and to such additional matters as the Chairman
of such meeting may rule to be germane to such purposes.

                   For purposes of this section, proper request for the call of
a special meeting shall be made by a written request (i) specifying the purposes
for any special meeting requested and providing the information required by
subpart (e) of this Section 2.01, (ii) delivered either in person or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (iii) to the Chairman of
the Board, or such other person as may be specifically authorized by law to
receive such request. Within 20 days after receipt of proper written request, a
special meeting shall be called by the corporation and notice given in the
manner required by these Bylaws and the meeting shall be held at a time
requested by the person or persons who requested the calling of the meeting, but
not less than 35 days nor more than 60 days after receipt by the Chairman of the
Board or such other person of such proper written request.

           (d) Notice of Meetings. Notice of any shareholders, meeting shall be
given by the Board of Directors, on behalf of the corporation, not less than 10
nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder
entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place, date and hour of
the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the
business to be transacted, or (ii) in the case of an annual meeting, those
matters which the Board, at the time of the giving of the notice, intends to
present for action by the shareholders. The notice of any meeting at which
directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the
time of the notice to be presented by the Board for election.

                      If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting, which
action is within Sections 310, 902, 1201, 1900 or 2007 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of California, the notice shall also state the
general nature of that proposal.

                   Notice of a shareholders' meeting shall be given either
personally or by first-class mail, or other means of written communication,
charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder
appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the
corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such

                                      -2-



<PAGE>   7
address appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office
of the corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of
general circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is
located. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written
communication. An affidavit of mailing of any notice executed by the secretary,
assistant secretary or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the
giving of the notice.

           (e) Manner of Bringing Business Before Meeting. At any annual or
special meeting of shareholders only such business (including nomination as a
director) shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the
meeting. In order to be properly brought before the meeting, such business must
have either been (1) specified in the written notice of the meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given to shareholders who were such on the record date for
such meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to
subpart (d) of this Section 2.01, (2) brought before the meeting at the
direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the meeting, selected as
provided in Section 2.02(a) of this Article II, (3) specified in a written
notice given by or on behalf of a shareholder who was such on the record date
for such meeting and entitled to vote thereat or a duly authorized proxy for
such shareholder, in accordance with all of the following requirements. A notice
referred to in clause (3) hereof must be delivered personally to, or mailed to
and received at, the principal executive office of the Company, addressed to the
attention of the Secretary, not more than fifteen (15) days after the date of
the initial notice referred to in clause (1) hereof, in the case of business to
be brought before a special meeting of shareholders, and not less than thirty
(30) days prior to the anniversary date of the initial notice referred to in
clause (1) hereof with respect to the previous year's annual meeting, in the
case of business to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders. Such
notice referred to in clause (3) hereof shall set forth (i) a full description
of each such item of business proposed to be brought before the meeting and the
reasons for conducting such business at such meeting, (ii) the name and address
of the person proposing to bring such business before the meeting, (iii) the
number of shares held of record, held beneficially, and represented by proxy by
such person as of the record date for the meeting, if such date has been made
available, or as of a date not later than thirty days prior to the anniversary
date of the initial notice referred to in clause (1) hereof, if the record date
has not been made available, (iv) if any item of such business involves a
nomination for director, the name, age, address and business experience during
the past five years of such nominee, (v) any material interest of such
shareholder in the specified business, and (vi) whether or not such shareholder

                                      -3-



<PAGE>   8
is a member of any group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, relationship,
understanding, or otherwise, whether or not in writing, formed in whole or in
part for the purpose of acquiring, owning, or voting shares of the corporation.
No business shall be brought before any meeting of the shareholders of the
corporation otherwise than as provided in this Section.

                   The Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant,
determine that any proposed item of business or nomination as director was not
brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he
should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the improper item of
business or nomination shall be disregarded.

           (f) Adjourned Meeting and Notice Thereof. Any meeting of shareholders
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares
represented either in person or by proxy whether or not a quorum is present.
When a shareholders' meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned
meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been
transacted at the original meeting. However, if the adjournment is for more than
45 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting (in accordance with subpart (d) of
this Section 2.01) shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote
at the meeting.

           (g) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of any meeting of shareholders,
however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a
meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either
in person or by proxy, and if, either before or within fifteen (15) days after
the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by
proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the
meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice or consent
need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any
annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or
proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the
second paragraph of subpart (d) of this Section 2.01, the waiver of notice or
consent shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers,
consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part
of the minutes of the meeting.

           (h) Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of the persons
entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present, the

                                       -4-



<PAGE>   9
affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at the
meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority
of the required quorum) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of
a greater number or voting by classes is required by law, the Articles of
Incorporation of the corporation or these Bylaws, as applicable.

                   The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at
which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a
quorum, provided that any action taken (other than adjournment) must be approved
by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

Section 2.02 Organization and Conduct of Meeting.

           (a) Chairman of the Meeting. Each shareholders' meeting will be
called to order and thereafter chaired by the Chairman of the Board if there
then is one; or, if not, or if the Chairman of the Board is absent or so
requests, then by the President; or if both the Chairman of the Board and the
President are unavailable, then by such other officer of the corporation or such
shareholder as may be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Secretary (or in
his or her absence an Assistant Secretary) of the corporation will act as
secretary of each shareholders' meeting; if neither the Secretary nor an
Assistant Secretary is in attendance, the Chairman of the meeting may appoint
any person (whether a shareholder or not) to act as secretary thereat. After
calling a meeting to order, the Chairman thereof may require the registration of
all shareholders intending to vote in person, and the filing of all proxies,
with the election inspector or inspectors, if one or more have been appointed
(or, if not, with the secretary of the meeting). After the announced time for
such filing of proxies has ended, no further proxies or changes, substitutions,
or revocations of proxies will be accepted. Absent a showing of bad faith on his
or her part, the Chairman of a meeting will, among other things, have absolute
authority to determine the order of business to be conducted at such meeting and
to establish rules for, and appoint personnel to assist in, preserving the
orderly conduct of the business of the meeting (including any informal, or
question and answer, portions thereof). Any informational or other informal
session of shareholders conducted under the auspices of the corporation after
the conclusion of or otherwise in conjunction with any formal business meeting
of the shareholders will be chaired by the same person who chairs the formal
meeting, and the foregoing authority on his or her part will extend to the
conduct of such informal session.


                                       -5-



<PAGE>   10
           (b) Right to Attend. Except only to the extent of persons designated
by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the meeting to assist in the
conduct of the meeting, and except as otherwise permitted by the Board or such
Chairman, the persons entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders may be
confined to (i) shareholders entitled to vote thereat and (ii) the persons upon
whom proxies valid for purposes of the meeting have been conferred or their duly
appointed substitutes (if the related proxies confer a power of substitution). A
person otherwise entitled to attend any such meeting will cease to be so
entitled if, in the judgment of the Chairman of the meeting, such person engages
thereat in disorderly conduct impeding the proper conduct of the meeting in the
interests of all shareholders as a group.

Section 2.03 Voting of Shares.

           (a) In General. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation and subject to subpart (b) hereof, each outstanding share,
regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a
vote of shareholders.

           (b) Cumulative Voting. At any election of directors, every
shareholder complying with this subpart (b) and entitled to vote may cumulate
his or her votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of
directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the
shareholder's shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder's votes on the
same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit. No
shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any one or more
candidates a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such
shareholder normally is entitled to cast) unless such candidate or candidates
names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has
given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the shareholder's intention
to cumulate the shareholder's votes. If any one shareholder has given such
notice, all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.
In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of
affirmative votes up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares
will be elected; votes against a director and votes withheld shall have no legal
effect.

           (c) Voting by Ballot. Voting will be by ballot on any matter as to
which a ballot vote is demanded, prior to the time the voting begins, by any
person entitled to vote on such matter; otherwise a voice vote will suffice.

Section 2.04 Proxies. Every person entitled to vote shares may authorize another
person or persons to act by proxy with respect to such shares. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise

                                       -6-



<PAGE>   11
provided in the proxy. Every proxy continues in full force and effect until
revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto, except as
otherwise provided herein or in the California General Corporation Law. Such
revocation may be effected by a writing delivered to the corporation stating
that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by the person
executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting, or as to any meeting by
attendance at such meeting and voting in person by the person executing the
proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the
order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which
they are mailed. A proxy is not revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker
unless, before the vote is counted, written notice of such death or incapacity
is received by the corporation. The revocability of a proxy that states on its
face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Sections
705(e) and 705(f) of the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.05 Inspectors of Election.

           (a) Appointment. In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board
may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment
thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any persons so
appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, the Chairman of any meeting of
shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder's proxy
shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail
or refuse) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one or
three. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or
proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall
determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.

           (b) Duties. The inspectors of election shall determine the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of
proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges
and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and
tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine
the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote
with fairness to all shareholders. The inspectors of election shall perform
their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as
expeditiously as is practical. If there are three inspectors of election, the
decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the
decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the
inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.


                                       -7-



<PAGE>   12
Section 2.06 Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the
shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or
entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the Board
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less
than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than 60 days prior to
any other action. If no record date is fixed:

                     (1) The record date for determining shareholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of
business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or,
if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding
the day on which the meeting is held.

                     (2) The record date for determining shareholders entitled
to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written
consent is given.

                     (3) The record date for determining shareholders for any
other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board
adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the 60th day prior to the date of
such other action, whichever is later.

A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the
Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Board shall fix
a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days from the
date set for the original meeting.

         Shareholders at the close of business on the record date are entitled
to notice and to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of
rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date,
except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or by agreement or
in the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.07 Informalities and Irregularities.

         All informalities or irregularities in any call or notice of a meeting,
or in the areas of credentials, proxies, quorums, voting, and similar matters,
will be deemed waived if no objection is made at the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened, and except that

                                       -8-



<PAGE>   13
attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the
consideration of matters not included in the notice of such meeting if such
objection is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 2.08 Share Certificates.

           (a) In General. The corporation shall issue a certificate or
certificates representing shares of its capital stock. Each certificate so
issued shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the Chairman or Vice
Chairman of the board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief
Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary, shall state the name of the record owner thereof and shall certify
the number of shares and the class or series of shares represented thereby. Any
or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any
officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature
has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.

           (b) Two or More Classes or Series. If the shares of the corporation
are classified or if any class of shares has two or more series, there shall
appear on the certificate one of the following:

                     (1) A statement of the rights, preferences, privileges, and
restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes or series of
shares authorized to be issued and upon the holders thereof; or

                     (2) A summary of such rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions with reference to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation
and any certificates of determination establishing the same; or

                     (3) A statement setting forth the office or agency of the
corporation from which shareholders may obtain upon request and without charge,
a copy of the statement referred to in subparagraph (1).

           (c) Special Restrictions. There shall also appear on the certificate
(unless stated or summarized under subparagraph (1) or (2) of subpart (b) above)
the statements required by all of the following clauses to the extent
applicable:

                     (1) The fact that the shares are subject to restrictions
upon transfer.


                                       -9-



<PAGE>   14
                     (2) If the shares are assessable, a statement that they are
assessable.

                     (3) If the shares are not fully paid, a statement of the
total consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon.

                     (4) The fact that the shares are subject to a voting
agreement or an irrevocable proxy or restrictions upon voting rights
contractually imposed by the corporation.

                     (5) The fact that the shares are redeemable.

                     (6) The fact that the shares are convertible and the period
for conversion.

Section 2.09 Transfer of Certificates. Where a certificate for shares is
presented to the corporation or its transfer clerk or transfer agent with a
request to register a transfer of shares, the corporation shall register the
transfer, cancel the certificate presented, and issue a new certificate if: (a)
the security is endorsed by the appropriate person or persons; (b) reasonable
assurance is given that those endorsements are genuine and effective; (c) the
corporation has no notice of adverse claims or has discharged any duty to
inquire into such adverse claims; (d) any applicable law relating to the
collection of taxes has been complied with; (e) the transfer is not in violation
of any federal or state securities laws; and (f) the transfer is in compliance
with any and all applicable agreements governing the transfer of the shares.

Section 2.10 Lost Certificates. Where a certificate has been lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken, the corporation shall issue a new certificate in place of the
original if the owner: (a) so requests before the corporation has notice that
the certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (b) files with the
corporation a lost instrument affidavit and a sufficient indemnity bond, if so
requested by the Board of Directors; and (c) satisfies any other reasonable
requirements as may be imposed by the Board. Except as above provided, no new
certificate for shares shall be issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the
corporation is ordered to do so by a court in the judgment in an action brought
under Section 419(b) of the California General Corporation Law.

                             ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

Section 3.01 Powers. Subject to the provisions of the California General
Corporation Law and the Articles of Incorporation, the business and affairs of
the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by
or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operations

                                      -10-



<PAGE>   15
of the business of the corporation to a management company or other person
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board.

Section 30.2 Committees of the Board. The Board may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more
committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure
of the Board. Such committees may include, without limitation, an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee. Except to the extent provided in the
applicable resolution of the Board passed in accordance with subpart (h) of
Section 3.07 of the Bylaws, no such committee shall have any of the authority of
the Board but, rather, shall act in an advisory capacity only; and, in any
event, no such committee shall possess the Board's authority with respect to:

                     (1) The approval of any action which also requires, under
the California General Corporation Law, shareholders' approval or approval of
the outstanding shares;

                     (2) The filling of vacancies on the Board or in any
committee.

                     (3) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving
on the Board or on any committee.

                     (4) The amendment or repeal of bylaws or the adoption of
bylaws.

                     (5) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board
which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable.

                     (6) A distribution (within the meaning of the California
General Corporation Law) to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a
rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board.

                     (7) The appointment of other committees of the Board or the
members thereof.

Section 3.03 Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected only at
each annual meeting of shareholders but, if any such annual meeting is not held
or the directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any
special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. Each director, including
a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of
the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3.04 Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board may be filled, except as
otherwise provided in the Articles of


                                      -11-



<PAGE>   16
Incorporation, by resolution of the Board (i) passed by unanimous written
consent or at a Board meeting if the number of directors signing such consent
would constitute a quorum at a meeting or a quorum is established at such
meeting and the vote meets the requirements of subpart (h) of Section 3.07 of
the Bylaws, or (ii) passed by unanimous written consent of the remaining
directors, if the number of directors remaining is insufficient to constitute a
quorum. The shareholders may elect a director or directors to fill any vacancy
or vacancies not filled by the directors.

         The Board of Directors shall have the power to declare vacant the
office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court,
or convicted of a felony.

Section 3.05 Removal. Any or all of the directors may be removed without cause
if such removal is approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote, except that no director may be removed (unless the entire
board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in
writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect such director if voted
cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast
(or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were
voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of the
director's most recent election were then being elected.

Section 3.06 Resignation. Any director may resign effective upon giving written
notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board
of Directors of the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for
the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a
future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation
becomes effective.

Section 3.07 Meetings of the Board of Directors and Committees.

           (a) Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may
be held without notice at such time and place within or without the State as may
be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board or by written consent
of all members of the Board or in these bylaws.

           (b) Organization Meeting. Immediately following each annual meeting
of shareholders the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting for the
purpose of organization, election of officers, and the transaction of other
business. Notice of such meetings is hereby dispensed with.

           (c) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors for
any purpose or purposes may be called at any


                                      -12-



<PAGE>   17
time by the Chairman of the Board, by the President, by any Vice President, by
the Secretary, or by any two directors.

           (d) Notices; Waivers. Special meetings shall be held upon forty-eight
hours' notice by mail or telegram or twenty four hours notice delivered
personally or by telephone. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any
director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an
approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who
attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement,
the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approvals
shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the
meeting.

           (e) Adjournment. One-half (1/2) of the authorized number of directors
may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned
for more than 24 hours, notice of such adjournment to another time and place
shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who
were not present at the time of adjournment.

           (f) Place of Meeting. Meetings of the Board may be held at any place
within or without the State of California which has been designated in the
notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice,
then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation.

           (g) Presence by Conference Telephone Call. Members of the Board may
participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meeting
can hear one another. Such participation constitutes presence in person at such
meeting.

           (h) Quorum and Voting. For the transaction of business and other
actions by the Board, (i) a majority of the number of directors then specified
pursuant to Section 1.02 hereof shall constitute a quorum, and (ii) except as
otherwise expressly provided in these Bylaws, every act or decision done or made
by greater than one-half (1/2) of the number of directors present at a meeting
duly held at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of
Directors; except that if an alternate quorum or majority is required by law or
by the Articles of Incorporation and such alternate provisions expressly permit
no change in the numerical requirements, such alternate provisions shall apply.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact
business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is
approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.


                                      -13-



<PAGE>   18
Section 3.08 Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
taken by the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all members
of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such
action, provided that the number of such directors consenting meets the minimum
quorum requirement of subpart (h) of Section 3.07 of the Bylaws. Such written
consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the
Board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a
unanimous vote of such directors.

Section 3.09 Committee Meetings. The provisions of Sections 3.07 and 3.08 of
these bylaws apply also to committees of the Board and action by such
committees, mutatis mutandis.

                              ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

Section 4.01 Officers. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a
Chairman of the Board or a President, or both, a Secretary, a Chief Financial
Officer, and such additional officers as may be elected or appointed in
accordance with Section 4.03 of these bylaws and as may be necessary to enable
the corporation to sign instruments and share certificates. Any number of
offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.02 Elections. All officers of the corporation, except such officers as
may be otherwise appointed in accordance with Section 4.03, shall be chosen by
the Board of Directors, and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of
employment.

Section 4.03 Other Officers. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board,
or the President at their or his discretion, may appoint one or more Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, one or more
Assistant Treasurers, or such other officers as the business of the corporation
may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority
and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or
the President, as the case may be, may from time to time determine.

Section 4.04 Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any
contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without
cause, by the Board of Directors, or, except in case of an officer chosen by the
Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board of Directors, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of
the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Section 4.05 Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written
notice to the Board of Directors or to the

                                      -14-



<PAGE>   19
President, or to the Secretary of the corporation without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a
party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such
notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified
therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.

Section 4.06 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

Section 4.07 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be
such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and of shareholders and exercise and perform such other powers and
duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors. If
there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the chief
executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties
prescribed in Section 4.08 below.

Section 4.08 President. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be
given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such
an officer, the President shall be general manager and chief executive officer
of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors,
have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of
the corporation. He may preside, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or
if there be none, at meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors.
He shall be ex-officio a member of all the standing committees, including the
executive committee, if any, and shall have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall
have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors
or these Bylaws.

Section 4.09 Vice President. In the absence of the President or in the event of
the President's inability or refusal to act, the Senior Vice President or Vice
President, or in the event there be more than one Senior Vice President or Vice
President, the Senior Vice President or Vice President designated by the Board
of Directors, or if no such designation is made, in order of their election,
shall perform the duties of President and when so acting, shall have all the
powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Senior
Vice President or Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to such Senior Vice President or Vice President by the
President or the Board of Directors.


                                      -15-



<PAGE>   20
Section 4.10 Secretary. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the minutes
of proceedings and record of shareholders, as provided for and in accordance
with Section 5.01(a) of these Bylaws.

         The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by
law to be given, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.11 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial officer shall have
general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the
corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by
the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. In the absence of a named treasurer, the
Chief Financial Officer shall also have the powers and duties of the Treasurer
as hereinafter set forth and shall be authorized and empowered to sign as
Treasurer in any case where such officer's signature is required.

Section 4.12 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books
and records of account as provided for and in accordance with Section 5.01(a) of
these Bylaws. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to
inspection by any director.

         The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name
and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated
by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may
be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and
directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors or these Bylaws. In the absence of a named Chief Financial Officer,
the Treasurer shall be deemed to be the Chief Financial Officer and shall have
the powers and duties of such office as hereinabove set forth.

                            ARTICLE V. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.01 Records and Reports.

           (a) Books of Account and Proceedings. The corporation shall keep
adequate and correct books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the
proceedings of its shareholders, Board and committees of the Board and shall
keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of its transfer agent
or registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of
all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each. Such minutes
shall be kept in written form. Such other books and records shall be kept

                                      -16-



<PAGE>   21
either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into
written form.

           (b) Annual Report. An annual report to shareholders referred to in
Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law is expressly dispensed
with, but nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board of
Directors from issuing annual or other periodic reports to the shareholders of
the corporation as they consider appropriate.

           (c) Shareholders' Requests for Financial Reports. If no annual report
for the last fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, the corporation shall,
upon the written request of any shareholder made more than 120 days after the
close of that fiscal year, deliver or mail to the person making the request
within 30 days thereafter the financial statements for that year required by
Section 1501(a) of the California General Corporation Law. Any shareholder or
shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any
class of stock of this corporation may make a written request to the corporation
for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month, six-month or
nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than 30 days prior to
the date of the request and a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of
such period, and the corporation shall deliver or mail the statements to the
person making the request within 30 days thereafter. A copy of the statements
shall be kept on file in the principal office of the corporation for 12 months
and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding
an examination of them or a copy shall be mailed to such shareholder upon
demand.

Section 5.02 Rights of Inspection.

           (a)       By Shareholders.

                     (1) Record of Shareholders. Any shareholder or shareholders
holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting
shares of the corporation shall have an absolute right to do either or both of
the following: (i) inspect and copy the record of shareholders names and
addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five business days'
prior written demand upon the corporation, or (ii) obtain from the transfer
agent for the corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of its usual
charges for such a list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the
shareholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the shareholders
names and addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and
their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been
compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of
demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five business
days after

                                      -17-



<PAGE>   22
demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the
list is to be compiled.

                             The record of shareholders shall also be open to 
inspection and copying by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the
corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder's interests as a
shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate.

                     (2) Corporate Records. The accounting books and records and
minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board and committees of the
Board shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the corporation of
any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time
during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder's
interests as a shareholder or as the holder of such voting trust certificate.
This right of inspection shall also extend to the records of any subsidiary of
the corporation.

                     (3) Bylaws. The corporation shall keep at its principal
executive office in this state, the original or a copy of its Bylaws as amended
to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable
times during office hours.

           (b) By Directors. Every director shall have the absolute right at any
reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every
kind and to inspect the physical properties of the corporation of which such
person is a director and also of its subsidiary corporations, domestic or
foreign. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or
attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make
extracts.

Section 5.03 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for payment
of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or
payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5.04 Representation of Shares of other Corporations. The Chairman of the
Board, if any, the President or any Vice President of this corporation, or any
other person authorized to do so by the Chairman of the Board, the President or
any Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of
this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other
corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The
authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this
corporation any and all shares held by this corporation in any other corporation
or corporations may be exercised either by

                                      -18-



<PAGE>   23
such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or
power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

Section 5.05 Indemnification and Insurance.

           (a) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party
to or is threatened to be made a party to or is involuntarily involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (hereinafter a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or
she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving (during such
person's tenure as director or officer) at the request of the corporation, any
other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in any
capacity, whether the basis of such Proceeding is an alleged action in an
official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while
serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
corporation to the fullest extent authorized by California General Corporation
Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any
such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation
to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability
and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA
excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith. The right to
indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall
include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in
defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided,
however, that, if California General Corporation Law requires, the payment of
such expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made
only upon receipt by the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such
director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
this Section or otherwise. No amendment to or repeal of this Section 5.05 shall
apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder
with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or
repeal.

           (b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim for indemnity,
advance or other payment under paragraph (a) of this Section is not paid in full
by the corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been
received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, together with
interest thereon, and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be
entitled to be paid

                                      -19-



<PAGE>   24
also the expense of prosecuting such claim including reasonable attorneys' fees
incurred in connection therewith. It shall be a defense to any such action
(other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in
defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required
undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the corporation) that the
claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under
California General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant
for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the
corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in California General Corporation Law,
nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has
not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or
create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of
conduct.

           (c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred in this Section
shall not be exclusive of any other right which any director, officer, employee
or agent may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, to the extent such additional rights to
indemnification are authorized in the Articles of Incorporation of the
corporation.

           (d) Insurance. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by statute:

                     (1) the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
expense, liability or loss under the California General Corporation Law; and

                     (2) the corporation may create a trust fund, grant a
security interest and/or use other means (including, without limitation, letters
of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements), as well as enter
into contracts providing indemnification to the full extent authorized or
permitted by law and including as part thereof provisions with respect to any or
all of the foregoing to ensure the payment

                                      -20-



<PAGE>   25
of such amounts as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided
therein, or elsewhere.

           (e) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The
corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification, including the right to be paid by
the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of
its final disposition, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the
fullest extent of the provisions of this Section or otherwise with respect to
the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the
corporation.

Section 5.06 Employee Stock Purchase Plans. The corporation may adopt and carry
out a stock purchase plan or agreement or stock option plan or agreement
providing for the issue and sale for such consideration as may be fixed of its
unissued shares, or of issued shares acquired or to be acquired, to one or more
of the employees or directors of the corporation or of a subsidiary or to a
trustee on their behalf and for the payment for such shares in installments or
at one time, and may provide for aiding any such persons in paying for such
shares by compensation for services rendered, promissory notes or otherwise.

         A stock purchase plan or agreement or stock option plan or agreement
may include, among other features, the fixing of eligibility for participation
therein, the class and price of shares to be issued or sold under the plan or
agreement, the number of shares which may be subscribed for, the method of
payment therefor, the reservation of title until full payment therefor, the
effect of the termination of employment, an option or obligation on the part of
the corporation to repurchase the shares upon termination of employment, subject
to the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, restrictions upon
transfer of the shares and the time limits of and termination of the plan.

Section 5.07 Construction and Definitions. Unless the context otherwise
requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions
contained in the California General Corporation Law shall govern the
construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular number
includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular, and the term
"person" includes a corporation as well as a natural person.

                             ARTICLE VI. AMENDMENTS

Section 6.01 Power of Shareholders. New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws
may be amended or repealed by the


                                      -21-



<PAGE>   26
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Section 6.02 Power of Directors. Subject to the right of shareholders as
provided Section 6.01 to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws,
any such provision may be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote
of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present or
by the unanimous written consent of directors, provided that the number of
directors signing such consent would constitute a quorum at a meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this Section 6.02, no amendment or
repeal of any provision of Section 2.01(c)-(e) (Special Meetings, Etc.), Section
2.02 (Organization and Conduct of Meeting), Section 3.07 (Meetings of the Board
of Directors and Committees), Section 5.05 (Indemnification and Insurance), or
this Section 6.02 shall be made by the Board of Directors unless the number of
directors approving such amendment or repeal constitutes at least a majority of
the number of directors then specified pursuant to Section 1.02 hereof.


                                      -22-



<PAGE>   27
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

         That I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Barry's
Jewelers, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of said
corporation as of the 30th day of June, 1992 as a result of the order of the
United States Bankruptcy Court confirming the corporation's Plan of
Reorganization in its case under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code, in accordance with Section 1400(b) of the California General Corporation
Law.

Dated as of June 30, 1992.


                                              /s/  GERSON I. FOX
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Gerson I. Fox
                                              Secretary


                                      -24-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                                    AGREEMENT

        1. This agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Thomas S. Liston
("Liston") and Barry's Jewelers, Inc., a California corporation ("Barry's"), to
set forth the severance arrangements Barry's has made for Liston and to resolve
all other matters between Barry's and Liston. Specifically, the purpose of this
Agreement is, among other things, to (i) set forth the parties' agreements
concerning severance and other benefits to be provided to Liston pursuant to the
Employment Agreement between the parties dated as of April 8, 1996 (the
"Employment Agreement"), as well as other benefits described herein, and (ii)
provide for mutual general releases. A copy of the Employment Agreement is
attached hereto as Exhibit "A".

        2. The parties agree and acknowledge that Liston resigned as an officer,
director and employee of Barry's (and each of its subsidiary and affiliated
entities, as applicable) effective as of February 13, 1997.

        3A. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement (as modified herein), Barry's
agrees to provide the following severance and other benefits to Liston:

            3A.1 In accordance with Section 4.3(x) of the Employment Agreement,
$342,692.33 (the "Severance Amount"), computed as the amount of salary at
Liston's rate of salary in effect immediately prior to February 13, 1997, for
the period from February 17, 1997 through April 8, 1998, payable in cash as
follows (subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3A): Liston will receive
monthly or biweekly payments from Barry's in the same amounts and with the same
periodicity that salary was paid to Liston immediately prior to February 13,
1997, commencing with the next regular payroll after that date and through and
including a final payment (on or about April 8, 1998) to fully satisfy the
Severance Amount. The Severance Amount does not include Liston's salary for the
period up through and including February 16, 1997, which he acknowledges has
previously been paid in cash by Barry's.

            3A.2 In accordance with Section 3.2 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, the 10,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of Barry's
referred to therein is deemed immediately and fully vested as of February 13,
1997. Accordingly, Barry's has paid Liston $8,230.63 in cash, representing the
special bonus in respect of certain tax obligations of Liston (fully "grossed
up" for taxes) corresponding to one-half (1/2) of the restricted stock referred
to in said Section 3.2.

            3A.3 In accordance with Section 3.2 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, the stock options referred to therein are hereby deemed
immediately and fully vested as of February 13, 1997.

            3A.4 In accordance with Section 3.7 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement and applicable law, Barry's will pay Liston $2,464.62 in
cash promptly following the execution date hereof, representing Barry's
obligation for accrued vacation benefits.


<PAGE>   2

            3A.5 In accordance with Section 3.5 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, for the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8,
1998, Liston shall continue to be included, at Barry's expense, in Barry's
medical insurance plan. This benefit shall be effected by Liston's election of
COBRA coverage; Barry's will then pay or reimburse Liston for the cost of the
election of such coverage during the period specified in the preceding sentence.

In addition to the foregoing items of severance and benefits, nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to affect Liston's benefits and rights under Barry's
401(k) plan and deferred compensation plan for senior managers (the "Tophat
Plan"); all rights and elections that may be available to Liston under the terms
of those plans with respect to his account interests therein shall continue to
be available to him. Among other things, in the event that Barry's elects to
terminate the Tophat Plan, then Liston shall have all of the rights specified
therein in connection with a termination. In addition, in the event of such a
termination of the Tophat Plan, Barry's agrees that it will establish a separate
"rabbi trust" for maintenance of funds previously elected to be deferred for tax
purposes by Liston, to enable Liston to continue to achieve deferral to the
maximum extent reasonably achievable under applicable tax law. All amounts
payable to Liston and other benefits to be provided to Liston in accordance with
this Section 3A and Section 3B below shall be subject to withholding in
accordance with applicable law.

        3B. In addition to the benefits provided for in the Employment
Agreement, Barry's agrees to provide the following benefits to Liston:

            3B.1 Barry's will pay the fees of an outplacement services firm for
outplacement services to be provided to Liston, up to a maximum of $25,000, upon
presentation of invoices and/or other appropriate supporting documentation
evidencing such fees.

            3B.2 For the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8, 1998,
Liston shall continue to be included, at Barry's expense, in Barry's life
insurance and disability insurance plans.

            3B.3 For the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8, 1998,
Barry's shall continue to provide the same automobile-related benefits to Liston
as provided under the existing Employment Agreement (including lease payments
and payment of maintenance, gas, oil, insurance and license as provided in the
existing Employment Agreement).

        3C. In the event of Liston's death prior to the full Severance Amount
having been paid as provided in Section 3A above, Barry's shall be obligated to
continue to provide such benefit to Liston's spouse, subject to the terms and
elections available under the Tophat Plan, as applicable.

        4. Liston agrees that he will comply with Section 9 of the Employment
Agreement, notwithstanding the termination of his employment by Barry's. In this
regard, Barry's acknowledges that Liston has made himself reasonably available
to Barry's for the purpose of returning confidential information to Barry's as
provided in said Section 9.



                                       -2-
<PAGE>   3

Liston acknowledges, however, that Barry's has no means of independently
verifying full compliance by Liston with said Section 9, and as a result Liston
agrees that he will in the future fully comply with the document return and
other provisions of said Section.

        5. Liston agrees that any and all claims or obligations, including any
claim for violation of any state or federal statute (such as statutes concerning
discrimination based on disability or perceived disability, race, sex, or
national origin), which he may have against Barry's are fully and completely
settled by this Agreement, and all liability or potential liability on any such
claim is hereby released. This release of claims includes claims against Barry's
directors, officers, employees and representatives (collectively,
"Representatives"), and against any and all present and future affiliated
companies of Barry's and their respective Representatives. This release also
includes all claims arising out of Liston's employment with Barry's and the
termination of that employment, including all rights and benefits under the
Employment Agreement. Liston does not, by signing this Agreement, release claims
with respect to fulfillment of the promises contained in this Agreement. Barry's
(on behalf of itself and its present and future affiliated companies and their
respective Representatives) similarly agrees that any and all claims or
obligations which it may have against Liston relating to Liston's service as an
officer, director and employee of Barry's are fully and completely settled by
this Agreement, and all liability or potential liability on any such claim is
hereby released. Barry's does not, by signing this Agreement, release claims
with respect to fulfillment of the promises contained in this Agreement.

        6. Except as specifically noted in Section 5 above, each of Barry's and
Liston waives any and all rights it/he may have to invoke, or in any other way
to seek the benefits of, Section 1542 of the California Civil Code (or any other
similar statute). Section 1542 provides as follows:

        A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not
        know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the
        release, which if known by him must have materially affected his
        settlement with the debtor.

        7. Liston understands and acknowledges that (a) this Agreement
constitutes a voluntary waiver of any and all claims he has against Barry's as
of the date of his execution of this Agreement, including claims under the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S. C. Sec. 621 et seq.; (b) he
has waived any and all such claims pursuant to this Agreement and in exchange
for consideration, the value of which is substantial; (c) he has been, and is
now, advised to consult with an attorney concerning this Agreement before
signing it; (d) he has been, and is now, informed that he has a period of at
least 21 days to consider the terms of this Agreement (though he need not take
the full 21 days if he, in his sole discretion, does not wish to do so); and (e)
he may revoke this Agreement at any time during the 7 days following the date of
his signing of the Agreement, and this Agreement shall not become effective or
enforceable until the eighth day after Liston's signing of the Agreement. If
Liston so revokes this Agreement, Liston agrees and acknowledges that Barry's
will likewise not be bound by the agreements set forth herein and will reserve
the right, among others, to assert that Liston's termination is for "cause"
under the Employment Agreement, seek a return of the Severance Amount and other
benefits described in Section 3 above and seek other remedies available at law
or in equity.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

        8. Each party agrees that this Agreement is confidential and neither
will voluntarily disclose its terms, except that Liston and the management of
Barry's may discuss the Agreement with their spouses, their attorneys, and their
tax advisers (including, in the case of Barry's management, Barry's attorneys
and tax advisers).

        9. In connection with Liston's separation from Barry's, Barry's is
providing a reference letter, addressed to Liston, in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit "B".

        10. Liston promises that he will not in the future file a claim against
Barry's with respect to a matter released herein. Barry's promises that it will
not in the future file a claim against Liston with respect to a matter released
herein.

        11. If either Barry's or Liston files a claim to enforce this Agreement
or a claim otherwise arising in any way out of this Agreement, the claim will be
decided by binding and final arbitration. The procedures for conducting that
arbitration will be decided by the parties.

        12. Each party acknowledges that he or it has had an opportunity to
negotiate with regard to the terms of this Agreement, to receive advice with
regard to it, and carefully to read and consider the terms of the Agreement
before signing it.

        13. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of Barry's and Liston
concerning the subjects covered in the Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any
previous discussions or agreements about those subjects.


Date: 3/19/97                         /Thomas S. Liston/
- ------------------------------          ----------------------------------------
                                      Thomas S. Liston

Date:                                 BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.
- ------------------------------
                                      By:/William Eberle/
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                      Its:   Chairman of the Board of Directors



                                      -4-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13


                                    AGREEMENT

        1. This agreement ("Agreement") is entered into between Robert Bridel
("Bridel") and Barry's Jewelers, Inc., a California corporation ("Barry's"), to
set forth the severance arrangements Barry's has made for Bridel and to resolve
all other matters between Barry's and Bridel. Specifically, the purpose of this
Agreement is, among other things, to (i) set forth the parties' agreements
concerning severance and other benefits to be provided to Bridel pursuant to the
Employment Agreement between the parties dated as of April 8, 1996 (the
"Employment Agreement"), as well as other benefits described herein, and (ii)
provide for mutual general releases. A copy of the Employment Agreement is
attached hereto as Exhibit "A".

        2. The parties agree and acknowledge that Bridel resigned as an officer,
director and employee of Barry's (and each of its subsidiary and affiliated
entities, as applicable) effective as of February 13, 1997.

        3A. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement (as modified herein), Barry's
agrees to provide the following severance and other benefits to Bridel:

            3A.1 In accordance with Section 4.3(x) of the Employment Agreement,
$371,250.00 (the "Severance Amount"), computed as the amount of salary at
Bridel's rate of salary in effect immediately prior to February 13, 1997, for
the period from February 17, 1997 through April 8, 1998, payable in cash as
follows (subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3A): Bridel will receive
monthly or biweekly payments from Barry's in the same amounts and with the same
periodicity that salary was paid to Bridel immediately prior to February 13,
1997, commencing with the next regular payroll after that date and through and
including a final payment (on or about April 8, 1998) to fully satisfy the
Severance Amount. The Severance Amount does not include Bridel's salary for the
period up through February 16, 1997, which he acknowledges has previously been
paid in cash by Barry's.

            3A.2 In accordance with Section 3.2 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, the 10,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of Barry's
referred to therein is deemed immediately and fully vested as of February 13,
1997. Accordingly, Barry's has paid Bridel $8,230.63 in cash, representing the
special bonus in respect of certain tax obligations of Bridel (fully "grossed
up" for taxes) corresponding to one-half (1/2) of the restricted stock referred
to in said Section 3.2.

            3A.3 In accordance with Section 3.2 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, the stock options referred to therein are hereby deemed
immediately and fully vested as of February 13, 1997.

            3A.4 In accordance with Section 3.7 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement and applicable law, Barry's will pay Bridel $3,082.50 in
cash promptly following the execution date hereof, representing Barry's
obligation for accrued vacation benefits.


<PAGE>   2

            3A.5 In accordance with Section 3.5 and Section 4.3 of the
Employment Agreement, for the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8,
1998, Bridel shall continue to be included, at Barry's expense, in Barry's
medical insurance plan. This benefit shall be effected by Bridel's election of
COBRA coverage; Barry's will then pay or reimburse Bridel for the cost of the
election of such coverage during the period specified in the preceding sentence.

In addition to the foregoing items of severance and benefits, nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to affect Bridel's benefits and rights under Barry's
401(k) plan and deferred compensation plan for senior managers (the "Tophat
Plan"); all rights and elections that may be available to Bridel under the terms
of those plans with respect to his account interests therein shall continue to
be available to him. Among other things, in the event that Barry's elects to
terminate the Tophat Plan, then Bridel shall have all of the rights specified
therein in connection with a termination. All amounts payable to Bridel and
other benefits to be provided to Bridel in accordance with this Section 3A and
Section 3B below shall be subject to withholding in accordance with applicable
law.

        3B. In addition to the benefits provided for in the Employment
Agreement, Barry's agrees to provide the following benefits to Bridel:

            3B.1 Barry's will pay the fees of an outplacement services firm for
outplacement services to be provided to Bridel, up to a maximum of $25,000, upon
presentation of invoices and/or other appropriate supporting documentation
evidencing such fees.

            3B.2 For the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8, 1998,
Bridel shall continue to be included, at Barry's expense, in Barry's life
insurance and disability insurance plans.

            3B.3 For the period from February 13, 1997 through April 8, 1998,
Barry's shall continue to provide the same automobile-related benefits to Bridel
as provided under the existing Employment Agreement (including lease payments
and payment of maintenance, gas, oil, insurance and license as provided in the
existing Employment Agreement). Further, at April 8, 1998, if Bridel so
requests, Barry's will consider (but shall be under no obligation to) transfer
the lease (including the purchase option contained therein, if any) relating to
the automobile currently provided for Bridel's use to Bridel.

        3C. In the event of Bridel's death prior to the full Severance Amount
having been paid as provided in Section 3A above, Barry's shall be obligated to
continue to provide such benefit to Bridel's spouse, subject to the terms and
elections available under the Tophat Plan, as applicable.

        4. Bridel agrees that he will comply with Section 9 of the Employment
Agreement, notwithstanding the termination of his employment by Barry's. In this
regard, Barry's acknowledges that Bridel has made himself reasonably available
to Barry's for the purpose of returning confidential information to Barry's as
provided in said Section 9. Bridel acknowledges, however, that Barry's has no
means of independently verifying full



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

compliance by Bridel with said Section 9, and as a result Bridel agrees that he
will in the future fully comply with the document return and other provisions of
said Section.

        5. Bridel agrees that any and all claims or obligations, including any
claim for violation of any state or federal statute (such as statutes concerning
discrimination based on disability or perceived disability, race, sex, or
national origin), which he may have against Barry's are fully and completely
settled by this Agreement, and ad] liability or potential liability on any such
claim is hereby released. This release of claims includes claims against Barry's
directors, officers, employees and representatives (collectively,
"Representatives"), and against any and all present and future affiliated
companies of Barry's and their respective Representatives. This release also
includes all claims arising out of Bridel's employment with Barry's and the
termination of that employment, including all rights and benefits under the
Employment Agreement. Bridel does not, by signing this Agreement, release claims
with respect to fulfillment of the promises contained in this Agreement. Barry's
(on behalf of itself and its present and future affiliated companies and their
respective Representatives) similarly agrees that any and all claims or
obligations which it may have against Bridel relating to Bridel's service as an
officer, director and employee of Barry's are fully and completely settled by
this Agreement, and a liability or potential liability on any such claim is
hereby released. Barry's does not, by signing this Agreement, release claims
with respect to fulfillment of the promises contained in this Agreement.

        6. Except as specifically noted in Section 5 above, each of Barry's and
Bridel waives any and all rights it/he may have to invoke, or in any other way
to seek the benefits of, Section 1542 of the California Civil Code (or any other
similar statute). Section 1542 provides as follows:

        A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not
        know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the
        release, which if known by him must have materially affected his
        settlement with the debtor.

        7. Bridel understands and acknowledges that (a) this Agreement
constitutes a voluntary waiver of any and all claims he has against Barry's as
of the date of his execution of this Agreement, including claims under the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. Sec. 621 et seq.; (b) he has
waived any and all such claims pursuant to this Agreement and in exchange for
consideration, the value of which is substantial; (c) he has been, and is now,
advised to consult with an attorney concerning this Agreement before signing it;
(d) he has been, and is now, informed that he has a period of at least 21 days
to consider the terms of this Agreement (though he need not take the full 21
days if he, in his sole discretion, does not wish to do so); and (e) he may
revoke this Agreement at any time during the 7 days following the date of his
signing of the Agreement, and this Agreement shall not become effective or
enforceable until the eighth day after Bridel's signing of the Agreement. If
Bridel so revokes this Agreement, Bridel agrees and acknowledges that Barry's
will likewise not be bound by the agreements set forth herein and will reserve
the right, among others, to assert that Bridel's termination is for "cause"
under the Employment Agreement, seek a return of the Severance Amount and other
benefits described in Section 3 above and seek other remedies available at law
or in equity.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

        8. Each party agrees that this Agreement is confidential and neither
will voluntarily disclose its terms, except that Bridel and the management of
Barry's may discuss the Agreement with their spouses, their attorneys, and their
tax advisers (including, in the case of Barry's management, Barry's attorneys
and tax advisers).

        9. In connection with Bridel's separation from Barry's, Barry's is
providing a reference letter, addressed to Bridel, in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit "B".

        10. Bridel promises that he will not in the future file a claim against
Barry's with respect to a matter released herein. Barry's promises that it will
not in the future file a claim against Bridel with respect to a matter released
herein.

        11. If either Barry's or Bridel files a claim to enforce this Agreement
or a claim otherwise arising in any way out of this Agreement, the claim will be
decided by binding and final arbitration. The procedures for conducting that
arbitration will be decided by the parties.

        12. Each party acknowledges that he or it has had an opportunity to
negotiate with regard to the terms of this Agreement, to receive advice with
regard to it, and carefully to read and consider the terms of the Agreement
before signing it.

        13. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of Barry's and Bridel
concerning the subjects covered in the Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any
previous discussions or agreements about those subjects.

Date:   3/20/97                      /Robert Bridel/
     ---------------------------     -------------------------------------------
                                     Robert Bridel

Date:                                BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.

                                     By:/William Eberle/
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                     Its: Chairman of the Board of Directors



                                      -4-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.14(a)

                                    FORM OF
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") dated as of
_______________, 199_ (the "Effective Date") is made by and between
_______________ (the "Executive") and Barry's Jewelers, Inc., a California
corporation (the "Company").

                                    RECITALS

        WHEREAS, the Company wishes to obtain the future services of the
Executive for the Company; and

        WHEREAS, the Executive is willing, upon the terms and conditions herein
set forth, to provide services hereunder;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as
follows:

1.      EMPLOYMENT.

        1.1  Position as an Officer. Subject to Section 8, the Company hereby
employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, during
the Term of Employment, as ________________________ of the Company to perform
such duties and responsibilities, consistent with such position, as may be
reasonably assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors
of the Company (the "Board"). (The definitions of capitalized terms used in this
Agreement are contained in Section 11 of this Agreement.)

        1.2  Position as a Director. The Company shall cause the Executive to be
nominated and renominated as a director of the Company for each term of office
commencing during the Term of Employment.

2.      Devotion of Time.

        During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall perform his duties
hereunder faithfully and to the best of his ability, at the principal executive
office of the Company, under the direction of the Board. Except for
<PAGE>   2
vacations and reasonable absences due to temporary illness and incapacity, the
Executive shall devote his full business time and attention to the performance
of his duties hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may (i)
make and manage passive personal business investments of his choice and serve in
any capacity with any civic, educational or charitable organization, without
seeking or obtaining approval by the Board, provided such activities and service
do not materially interfere or conflict with the performance of his duties
hereunder and (ii) with the approval of the Board, serve on the boards of
directors of other corporations or any trade association. Nothing contained
herein shall require Executive to follow any directive or to perform any act
which would violate any laws, ordinances, regulations or rules of any
governmental, regulatory or administrative body, agency or authority, any court
or judicial authority, or any public, private, industry, professional,
regulatory or licensing authority (collectively, the "Regulations"). Executive
shall act in good faith in accordance with all Regulations.

3.      Term of Employment.

        The term of the Executive's employment hereunder shall commence on the
Effective Date and shall end on ____________________ (the "Expiration Date");
provided, however, that on the Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the
Expiration Date (the Expiration Date and the date of each anniversary thereof
being a "Renewal Date"), the term shall be automatically extended so as to
terminate _______ year from such Renewal Date, unless at least 90 days prior to
such Renewal Date either party hereto gives written notice to the other that the
term shall not be so extended. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
it is hereby acknowledged and understood that either party may give notice to
the other at least 90 days prior to the Expiration Date or any Renewal Date of
its intent to renegotiate the Terms of this Agreement in good faith, and such
notice shall not be treated as a notice of non-renewal for purposes of the
definition of "Good Reason" or any other purpose hereunder. The term, as
extended in the manner described in the preceding sentence, is referred to
herein as the "Term of Employment." Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of
Employment may be terminated prior to the expiration thereof, by the Company
pursuant to Section 8.2 or by the Executive pursuant to Section 8.3, in which
event the Term of Employment shall end on the Date of Termination.

4.      Compensation.
<PAGE>   3
        During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be compensated as
follows:

        4.2     Base Salary.  The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary
at the rate of $_______ per annum, payable in arrears not less frequently than
monthly in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company. Such
base salary shall be subject to review each year by the Board in its sole
discretion, but shall in no event be decreased from its then-existing level.

        4.2     Annual Bonus. In addition, the Executive shall be eligible to
receive a bonus ("Annual Bonus") with respect to each fiscal year of the
Company, beginning with its year ended May 31, 1998, to the extent that the
performance targets for such year are achieved; provided, however, that his
Annual Bonus shall not exceed an amount (the "Annual Bonus Cap") equal to ____%
of his base salary for such year. Such performance targets shall be agreed upon
by the Executive and the Board, in writing, prior to the beginning of each
fiscal year.  On the Annual Bonus Payment Date for such year, the Company shall
pay the Executive his Annual Bonus determined based on actual achievement of the
performance targets. On November 1 of each year during the Term of Employment,
the Company shall advance to the Executive an amount equal to ____ percent of
his Annual Bonus Cap for the fiscal year of the Company that includes such date.
The Executive shall be entitled to retain this advance whether or not any of the
performance targets are actually achieved and whether or not his employment by
the Company terminates during such fiscal year.

        4.3     Incentive Bonus.

                4.3.1   In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a one-time incentive bonus (the "Incentive Bonus"), in an amount equal to ___
(__) times the Executive's average annual base salary over the Term of
Employment, upon the achievement of performance goals (including, without
limitation, cash flow and pre-tax earnings goals) and other terms of an
incentive bonus program to be mutually agreed upon by the Board and the
Executive prior to ______, 1997 and set forth on a schedule which shall be
attached hereto (the "Incentive Bonus Targets"). The Incentive Bonus shall be
paid in a cash lump sum within thirty days after the Incentive Bonus Targets
are achieved; provided, however, that, except to the extent provided herein,
the Incentive Bonus will not be paid to the Executive if he is not employed by
the Company on the date such Incentive Bonus is payable.

                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                4.3.2   In the event that Company has become subject to a
Bankruptcy Proceeding during the Term of Employment, in lieu of the Incentive
Bonus under Section 4.3.1 (assuming it has not previously been paid), the
Executive shall be eligible to earn an Incentive Bonus in an amount equal to
___ (__) times the Executive's average annual base salary over the Term of
Employment. The Incentive Bonus shall be subject to Incentive Bonus Targets
which shall be set by mutual agreement between the Company and the Executive
prior to the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding, provided that the
Incentive Bonus Target for _____ (__) percent of such Incentive Bonus shall be
the consummation of a plan of reorganization that has been approved by the
Bankruptcy Court within two years of the date the order for relief is entered
in connection with such proceeding (the "Reorganization Target").  In the event
that the parties cannot reach agreement as to the additional Incentive Bonus
Targets as provided above, than _____ (__) percent of such Incentive Bonus
shall be based on the Reorganization Target.  The Incentive Bonus shall be paid
in a cash lump sum within thirty days after all Incentive Bonus Targets are
achieved, provided, however, that, except to the extent provided in Section 8
hereof, the Incentive Bonus will not be paid to the Executive if he is not
employed by the Company on the date such Incentive Bonus is payable.

        4.4     Stock Options.  The Company and the Executive will enter into a
stock option agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

        4.5     Other Incentive Compensation.   In addition, the Executive
shall be eligible to receive awards under the Company's 1994 employee Stock
Option Plan (the "Option Plan") and any other stock option or other equity
based incentive compensation plan or arrangement now in effect or hereafter
adopted by the company for which senior executives are eligible.  The level of
the Executive's future participation in any such plan or arrangement shall be
in the sole discretion of the Board.

5.      Reimbursement of Expenses.

        During the Term of Employment, the Company shall reimburse the
Executive for expenses in accordance with the Company's policies and the rules
and regulations of the Internal Revenue Service. 



                                       4


<PAGE>   5
        6.      Benefits.

        During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to
benefits, as follows:

        6.1     Company Plans.  The Executive shall be entitled to perquisites
and benefits established by the Company, from time to time, for management of
the Company (including, without limitation, health and dental insurance,
disability insurance, participation in the Company's 401(k) and deferred
compensation plans), subject to the policies and procedures of the Company of
general applicability in effect, from time to time, regarding participation in
such benefits.

        6.2    Automobile.  In addition, the Company, at its expense, shall
provide the Executive with an automobile of a kind to be selected by the
Executive for the business use of the Executive, provided that its payments for
such automobile and related costs for maintenance and insurance shall not
exceed, on average, $____ per month.  At the Executive's option, the Company
shall pay the Executive a monthly allowance of $______ in lieu of providing him
with an automobile.

        6.3     Insurance.  In addition, the Company shall be obligated to pay
the premium on a life insurance policy for the benefit of the Executive with a
face amount of $______ and long-term disability insurance with coverage equal
to (i) one times the Executive's base salary, less (ii) the amount of long-term
disability insurance coverage provided to the Executive under Company-sponsored
long-term disability plans.

        6.4     Relocation Allowance.  In addition, the Company shall pay the
Executive a relocation allowance equal to the lesser of (i) ten percent of his
annual base salary and (ii) the actual cost of the Executive's relocation to
Los Angeles, at such time as the Executive leases or purchases a residence in
the Los Angeles area.

        6.5     Vacation.  In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to four
(4) weeks of paid vacation during each year.

7.      Purchase of Shares.  The Executive shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to be exercised no later than ________, 199__, to purchase from the
Company ______ shares of common stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase
price of $______, $______ of which shall be



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

payable in cash and $_________ of which shall be payable by delivery of a
non-recourse promissory note due ____ months after the date of purchase,
bearing interest at the applicable federal rate and secured by all of such
shares. In the event that the Executive elects to purchase such shares, the
Company shall use its best efforts to grant the Executive demand registration
rights with respect thereto, exercisable at any time after the first
anniversary of the Effective Date.

8.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENMT.

        8.1     Termination Due to Death or Disability. Subject to the payments
contemplated by Section 8.8, the Executive's employment by the Company shall
terminate upon the death of the Executive or upon the Executive becoming
Disabled.

        8.2     Early Termination by the Company. Subject to the payments
contemplated by Sections 8.4 and 8.5, the Executive's employment by the Company
may be terminated at any time by the Company (after adoption of a resolution by
the Board to do so) as follows:

        8.2.1   For Cause; or

        8.2.2   For any other reason or no reason, it being understood that no
reason is required.

Such termination by the Company shall be effected by delivery by the Company to
the Executive of a written notice of termination (which notice shall include a
copy of the resolution adopted by the Board) specifying the Date of Termination
and stating in the case of termination for Cause, the grounds which the Board
has determined exist for such termination, and shall be subject to the
requirements for advance notice and opportunity to cure provided in this
Agreement, if and to the extent applicable.

        8.3     Early Termination by the Executive. Subject to the payments
contemplated by Sections 8.4 and 8.5, the Executive's employment by the Company
may be terminated at any time by the Executive, as follows:

        8.3.1   For Good Reason; or

        8.3.2   For any other reason or no reason, it being understood that no
reason is required.

Such termination by the Executive shall be effected by delivery by the
Executive to the Company of a written notice


                                       6
<PAGE>   7
of termination, specifying the Date of Termination and stating in the case of
termination for Good Reason, the grounds which the Executive has determined
exist for such termination, and shall be subject to the requirements for
advance notice and opportunity to cure provided in this Agreement, if and to
the extent applicable.

        8.4     Payments if Termination by the Company for Cause or by the
Executive without Good Reason. In the event that the Executive's employment by
the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without
Good Reason, the Company shall be obligated to:

        8.4.1   Pay to the Executive his Accrued Salary and Benefits, in a lump
sum in cash, within five (5) business days after the Date of Termination
(provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Salary and Benefits which
consists of deferred compensation or post-termination benefits shall be
determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as
applicable to the Executive); and

        8.4.2   Pay to the Executive a prorated portion of the Annual Bonus
with respect to the fiscal year of the Company in which such termination
occurs, in a lump sum in cash, on the Annual Bonus Payment Date for such year,
provided that the performance targets for such year are met.

        8.5     Payments if Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the
Executive for Good Reason. In the event that the Executive's employment by the
Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for
Good Reason, the Company shall be obligated to:

        8.5.1   Pay to the Executive his Accrued Salary and Benefits in a lump
sum, in cash, within five (5) business days after the Date of Termination
(provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Salary and Benefits which
consists of deferred compensation or post-termination benefits shall be
determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as
applicable to the Executive);

        8.5.2   Pay to the Executive a prorated portion of the Annual Bonus
with respect to the fiscal year of the Company in which such termination
occurs, in a lump sum in cash, on the Annual Bonus Payment Date for such year,
based on the Annual Bonus Cap for such year (without regard to whether the
performance targets for such year have been met);


                                       7
<PAGE>   8
        8.5.3  Pay to the Executive, in a lump sum in cash, within five (5)
business days after the Date of Termination, an amount equal to the amount of
the Incentive Bonus (as applicable to the Executive under Section 4.3.1 or
4.3.2 hereof), prorated by a fraction the numerator of which is the total
number of months the Executive was employed by the Company (including the month
in which his employment was terminated) and the denominator of which is (i) in
the case of 4.3.1., 36 months and (ii) in the case of 4.3.2, 24 months;
provided, however, that in no event shall such prorated amount exceed 100% of
the Incentive Bonus; and provided, further, that if such termination occurs
within the one-year period following a Change of Control or results from
termination by the Company without Cause in anticipation of a Change of
Control, the full amount of the Incentive Bonus shall be paid without any
proration, unless the three-year incentive bonus period has expired as of the
Date of Termination. Such Incentive Bonus shall be paid to the Executive
whether or not the Incentive Bonus Targets are achieved prior to the Date of
Termination. The amount, if any, of such Incentive Bonus shall be reduced by
the amount of any such Bonus paid to the Executive prior to the Date of
Termination;

        8.5.4  Continuation of Executive's base salary in the same manner as it
was being paid as of the Date of Termination for a period of ____________
(____) months following the Date of Termination, unless such termination occurs
either (a) within the one-year period following a Change of Control or results
from termination by the Company without Cause in anticipation of a Change of
Control or (b) as a result of Good Reason pursuant to item (ix) of the
definition thereof (relating to a Bankruptcy Proceeding), in which events such
amount shall be equal to a multiple of the Executive's base compensation (which
shall be _________ (____) in the case of item (a) above and ________ (____) in
the case of item (b) above) reduced by the "Acceleration Amount", if any. For
purposes hereof the "Acceleration Amount" is the amount of the Incentive Bonus
paid to the Executive pursuant to 8.5.4 hereof that is in excess of the portion
of the Incentive Bonus that has been earned by the Executive as of the Date of
Termination, with such earned amount to be determined based on the Company's
degree of achievement (expressed on a percentage basis) under the Incentive
Bonus Targets. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement as to the
Acceleration Amount, the determination of the Acceleration Amount shall be made
by a nationally recognized independent compensation consulting firm selected by
mutual agreement of the parties hereto, the cost of which shall be



                                       8

<PAGE>   9
borne solely by the Company. The determination of such firm shall be final and
binding on the parties;

        8.5.5  If the Executive determines that he would become subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code for any reason, he may notify
the Company that he wishes to renegotiate certain payments provided by this
Agreement so that such excise tax will not apply, and the Company shall
negotiate with the Executive in good faith to accomplish such result; and

        8.5.6  In its sole discretion, the Company may elect prior to the Date
of Termination to extend the Restricted Period for twelve (12) months beyond
the Date of Termination, in which case it shall pay to the Executive, in a cash
lump sum within five (5) business days after the Date of Termination, an amount
equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive's base salary as of the Date of
Termination.

        8.6  Proration of Annual Bonus.  For purposes of Sections 8.4 and 8.5,
the Executive's Annual Bonus with respect to any fiscal year of the Company
shall be prorated by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months
in such fiscal year in which the Executive was employed by the Company
(including the month in which his employment was terminated) and the
denominator of which is 12. The amount advanced, if any, to the Executive
pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be credited against the payment of such prorated
Annual Bonus. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated due to
his death or Disability, he shall be entitled to receive his full Annual Bonus
without any proration thereof, but less any portion of such Bonus already paid
him.

        8.7  Election to Defer.  Not later than July 31, 1997, the Company
shall implement a deferred compensation plan which shall entitle the Executive
to elect to defer a portion of his Base Salary, Annual Bonus and Incentive
Bonus.

        8.8  Payment if Termination due to Death or Disability. In the event
that the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated due to the
Executive's death or disability, the Company shall be obligated to:

        8.8.1  Pay to the Executive his Accrued Salary and Benefits, in a lump
sum in cash, within five (5) business days after the Date of Termination
(provided, however, that any portion of the Accrued Salary and Benefits would



                                       9
<PAGE>   10
consists of deferred compensation or post-termination benefits shall be
determined and paid in accordance with the terms of the relevant plan as
applicable to the Executive);

        8.8.2  Pay to the Executive his full Annual Bonus without proration
with respect to the fiscal year of the Company in which such Termination
occurs, in a lump sum in cash, on the Annual Bonus Payment Date for such year,
based on the Annual Bonus Cap for such year (without regard to whether the
performance targets for such year have been met);

        8.8.3  Pay to the Executive the Incentive Bonus, prorated by a fraction
the numerator of which is the total number of months the Executive was employed
by the Company (including the month in which his employment was terminated) and
the denominator of which is 36 months; provided, however, that in no event
shall such prorated amount exceed 100% of the Incentive Bonus. Such Incentive
Bonus shall be paid to the Executive whether or not the Incentive Bonus Targets
are achieved prior to the Date of Termination. The payment, if any, of such
Incentive Bonus shall be reduced to the extent that it was paid to the
Executive prior to the Date of Termination;

        8.8.4  Pay to the Executive an amount equal to ___ months of the
Executive's base salary as of the Date of Termination, with such payment to be
made in equal monthly installments.

        The payments described in this Section 8.8 shall be in addition to any
life insurance and disability benefits payable to the Executive from the
Company.

        8.9  No Additional Severance Payments.  Except for the payments
provided in this Section 8, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments
by the Company in the event of the termination of his employment by the
Company. In such event, the Executive shall have no obligation to seek other
employment to mitigate damages and any income earned by the Executive from
other employment or self-employment shall not be offset against any of the
Company's payment obligations under this Section 8.

9.  Confidential Information.

        9.1  Nondisclosure of Confidential Information.  During and after the
Term of Employment, Executive will not disclose to any person, or use or
otherwise exploit for the Executive's own benefit or for the benefit of anyone
other



                                       10
<PAGE>   11
than the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company, whether prepared
by the Executive or not. At the request of the Company, the Executive agrees to
deliver to the company, at any time during the Term of Employment, or
thereafter, all Confidential Information which he may possess or control. The
Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Company (whether now
or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or made by him during the Term of
Employment exclusively belongs to the Company (and not to the Executive). The
Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Company
and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and
confirm such exclusive ownership.

        9.2  Exceptions to Nondisclosure Obligations.  The provisions of
Section 9.1 shall not apply to (i) information disclosed in the performance of
the Executive's duties to the Company based on his good faith belief that such
disclosure is in the best interests of Company; (ii) information that is public
knowledge; (iii) information disseminated by the Company to third parties in
the ordinary course of business; (iv) information lawfully received by the
Executive from a third party who, based upon inquiry by the Executive, is not
bound by a confidential relationship to the Company; (v) information disclosed
under a requirement of law or as directed by applicable legal authority having
jurisdiction over the Executive; or (vi) information necessary in order to
enforce his rights under this Agreement or necessary to defend himself against
a claim asserted directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliated
companies.

        9.3  Survival of Nondisclosure Obligations.  The terms of this Section
9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement regardless of who terminates
this Agreement or the reasons therefor.

10.     Non-competition; Non-Solicitation.  During the Restricted Period, the
Executive shall not, without the prior written approval of the Board, directly
or indirectly, as an employee, agent, consultant, stockholder, director,
co-partner or in any other individual or representative capacity, (i) recruit
or solicit for employment any person who is employed by the Company on the Date
of Termination; or (ii) engage in any business which competes, directly or
indirectly, with the Business in the Market ("Competitive Business") without
regard to (A) whether the Competitive Business has its office, manufacturing or
other business facilities within or without the Market, (B) whether any of the
activities of the Executive referred to above occur or


                                       11
<PAGE>   12
are performed within or without the Market or (C) whether the Executive
resides, or reports to an office, within or without the Market; provided,
however, that the Executive may, directly or indirectly, in one or a series of
transactions, own, invest or acquire an interest in up to five percent (5%) of
the capital stock of a corporation whose capital stock is traded publicly.

11.     Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the
meanings set forth in this Section 11.

        "Accrued Salary and Benefits" means, as of the applicable date, the sum
of (i) the Executive's base salary under Section 4.1 through such date to the
extent not theretofore paid, and (ii) any vacation pay, expense reimbursements
and other cash entitlements accrued by the Executive as of such date to the
extent not theretofore paid.

        "Annual Bonus" is defined in Section 4.2.

        "Annual Bonus Cap" is defined in Section 4.2.

        "Annual Bonus Payment Date" means with respect to any fiscal year of
the Company, a date which is no later than thirty days after the day on which
the Company's independent public accountants sign their report with respect to
such year.

        "Bankruptcy Proceeding" means a case commenced under Title 11 of the
United States Code in which an order for relief is entered in respect of the
Company under either Chapter 11 or Chapter 7 thereof.

        "Board" is defined in Section 1.1.

        "Business" means any business conducted, or engaged in, by the Company
or its subsidiaries at any time during the Term of Employment.

        "Cause" shall mean any of the following:

                (i)     The Executive's conviction for, or plea of nolo
contendere to, any felony:

                (ii)    The Executive's willful fraud or material dishonesty in
connection with the Executive's performance of his duties hereunder;


                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                (iii)   The Executive's failure, other than due to illness,
disability or death or as a result of any event that constitutes Good Reason
hereunder, to substantially perform his duties hereunder that results in
material harm to the Company; or

                (iv)    The Executive's gross negligence in the performance of
his duties hereunder (other than arising solely due to physical or mental
disability) that results in material harm to the Company;

in each case, for purposes of clauses (iii) and (iv), after the Board has
provided the Executive with 30 days' written notice of such circumstances and
the possibility of an event giving rise to termination for Cause, and the
Executive fails to cure such circumstances within those 30 days.

        "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of (i) the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, (ii) a reorganization, merger or consolidation of
the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the Company is
not the surviving corporation or as a result of which it is the surviving
corporation and its outstanding voting securities are converted to or
reclassified as cash, securities of another corporation or other property
(unless the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of the
Company's incorporation), (iii) upon a sale of assets of the Company or its
subsidiaries having a fair market value equal to more than 50% of the total
fair market value of the Company's assets to an entity which is not
controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, or (iv)
the acquisition of a record or beneficial interest in more than 30% of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company, either in a single transaction or
a series of transactions, by an entity or "group" within the meaning of Section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder which is not an affiliate of the Company.

        "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

        "Company" is defined in the introduction.

        "Confidential Information" means any confidential information of the
Company including, without limitation, any study, data, calculations, software
storage media or other compilation of information, patent, patent application,
copyright, trademark, trade name, service mark, service name, "know-how," trade
secrets, customer lists,


                                       13
<PAGE>   14
details of client or consultant contracts, pricing policies, operational
methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans,
business acquisition plans or any portion or phase of any scientific or
technical information, ideas, discoveries, designs, computer programs (including
source or object codes), processes, procedures, formulas, improvements of other
proprietary or intellectual property of the Company or relating to its business,
whether or not in written or tangible form, and whether or not registered, and
including all files, records, manuals, books, catalogues, memoranda, notes,
summaries, plans, reports, records, documents and other evidence thereof,
whether existing now or hereafter discovered or developed.

        "Date of Termination" means (i) in the event of a termination of the
Executive's employment pursuant to Section 8.2, the date specified in the
written notice of termination from the Company, (ii) in the event of a
termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 8.3, the date
specified in the written notice of termination from the Executive, (iii) in the
event of the Executive's death, the date of the Executive's death and (iv) in
the event of the Executive's Disability, the date he is determined to be
Disabled.

        "Disabled" or "Disability" means, with respect to the Executive, the
occurrence of an event or events that renders the Executive with respect to his
physical or mental condition unable to perform, in the view of the Board and as
certified in writing by a competent medical physician, his duties hereunder and
which results in his being entitled to benefits under the Company's disability
insurance plan.

        "Effective Date" is defined in the introduction.

        "Executive" means __________________ or his estate, if deceased.

        "Good Reason" means any of the following:

                (i)  A material diminution in the Executive's duties or
        responsibilities as set forth in Section 1;

                (ii) Failure of the shareholders or the Board to elect or
        re-elect the Executive as a director of the Company;

                                       14
<PAGE>   15

               (iii)  A breach by the Company of the compensation and benefit
        provisions set forth in Sections 4 through 6;

                (iv)  A written notice of non-renewal of this Agreement being
        given by the Company to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.

                (v)  The inability of the Company and the Executive to reach
        agreement on the terms of a new employment agreement prior to the
        Expiration Date or any Renewal Date that follows notice by the Company
        to the Executive of its intent to renegotiate the terms of this
        Agreement.

                (vi)  Any termination by the Executive within twelve (12) months
        following the occurrence of a Change in Control; 


                (vii)  The inability of the Company to perform its obligations
        under the Incentive Stock Option Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto;


                (viii)  A material breach by the Company of any other term of
        this Agreement; or

                (ix)  During the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding, (a) an
        order of the Bankruptcy Court providing for the assumption of this
        Agreement is not entered within 90 days of the order for relief (b) a
        motion to reject this Agreement is filed with the Bankruptcy Court, or
        (c) the Company fails to satisfy its obligations under Section 12.16;
        provided that in any such case, the Executive agrees, if requested by
        the Company, to continue to serve in his position (and on the same terms
        and conditions applicable under this Agreement) until a successor can be
        hired by the Company, but for a period that shall not exceed 120 days
        from the date of the event that gives rise to Good Reason hereunder.

        "Incentive Bonus" is defined in Section 4.3.

        "Incentive Bonus Target" is defined in Section 4.3.

        "Market" means any state in the United States of America in which the
Business is conducted by or engaged in by the Company at any time during the
Term of Employment.

         "Plan" is defined in Section 4.4.



                                       15
<PAGE>   16
        "Renewal Date" is defined in Section 3.

        "Restricted Period" means the period beginning on the Effective Date
and ending on (i) the Date of Termination, or (ii) if the Term of Employment is
terminated prior to the Expiration Date by the Company without Cause or by the
Executive for Good Reason and if the Company elects, pursuant to Section 8.5.6,
to extend the provisions of Section 10, the date which is twelve (12) months
following the Date of Termination, provided the Company continues to make all
payments to the Executive required by Section 8.5 hereof.

        "Term of Employment" is defined in Section 3.

12.     General.

        12.1    Notice. Any notice, request, demand or other communication
required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be given in
writing and delivered personally, or sent by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested, as follows (or to such other addressee or address as
shall be set forth in a notice given in the same manner).

        If to Executive:        -------------------------------------
                                -------------------------------------
                                -------------------------------------

        If to Company:          Barry's Jewelers, Inc.
                                111 West Lemon Avenue
                                Monrovia, California 91016
                                Attn: Chairman of the Board

Any such notices shall be deemed to be given on the date personally delivered or
such return receipt is issued.

        12.2    Executive's Representations. The Executive hereby warrants and
represents to the Company that the Executive has carefully reviewed this
Agreement, including his obligations hereunder, and has consulted with such
attorneys and advisors as the Executive considers appropriate in connection
with this Agreement, and is not subject to any covenants, agreements or
restrictions, including without limitation any covenants, agreements or
restrictions arising out of the Executive's prior employment which would be
breached or violated by the Executive's execution of this Agreement or by the
Executive's performance of his duties hereunder.


                                       16
<PAGE>   17
        12.3 Validity.  If, for any reason, any provision hereof shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and effect of the other
provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby.

        12.4 Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement
will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect
any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be
reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

        12.5 Tax Withholding.  The Company shall provide for the withholding of
any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state, or local law with respect
to any payment in cash, shares of stock and/or other property made by or on
behalf of the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive under this
Agreement or otherwise. The Company may, at its option: (i) withhold such taxes
from any cash payments owing from the Company to the Executive, (ii) require
the Executive to pay to the Company in cash such amount as may be required to
satisfy such withholding obligations and/or (iii) make other satisfactory
arrangements with the Executive to satisfy such withholding obligations.

        12.6 Waiver of Breach; Attorneys' Fees.  The waiver by the Company or
the Executive of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party
shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach of such other
party. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its
respective rights under this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing
in its favor. In the event either party takes legal action or commences an
arbitration proceeding to enforce any of the terms or provisions of this
Agreement, the nonprevailing party shall pay the successful party's costs and
expenses, including but not limited to, attorneys' fees, incurred in such
action or proceeding.

        12.7 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, construed,
applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of California,
except that no doctrine of choice of law shall be used to apply any law other
than that of California, and no defense, counterclaim or right of setoff given
or allowed by the laws of any other state or 

                                       17
<PAGE>   18
jurisdiction, or arising out of the enactment, modification or repeal of any
law, regulation, ordinance or decree of any foreign jurisdiction, shall be
interposed in any action hereon.

        12.8  Specific Performance.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge
that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the
provisions of Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement and that the Company may in its
sole discretion apply for specific performance and/or injunctive relief,
including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent
injunctions in order to enforce or prevent any violations of such provisions of
this Agreement.

        12.9  Forum.  The Executive and the Company agree that any action or
proceeding arising out of this Agreement (excluding any actions or proceedings
subject to the mandatory arbitration provisions of Section 12.10, but including
any action to confirm an award of such arbitrators and enter judgment thereon)
may be commenced in the courts of the State of California located in the County
of Los Angeles or the United States District Courts located in the County of
Los Angeles. The Executive and the Company consent to in personam jurisdiction
with respect to such courts, agree that venue will be proper in such courts
and waive any objections based upon forum non conveniens. The choice of forum
set forth in this Section 12.9 shall not be deemed to preclude the enforcement
of any judgment obtained in such forum or the taking of any action under this
Agreement to enforce same in any other jurisdiction.

        12.10  Arbitration.  The Company and the Executive agree that, with the
exception of actions for specific performance, restraining orders or other
injunctive relief pursuant to Section 12.8 and actions to enforce an
arbitration award, all claims and disputes between the Company and the
Executive in connection with this Agreement or otherwise related to the
Executive's employment by the Company (including without limitation the
termination of Executive's employment) shall be submitted to final and binding
arbitration administered and conducted by the American Arbitration Association
in Los Angeles, California pursuant to its Labor Arbitration Rules then in
effect; provided that, the party seeking to submit a claim or dispute
hereunder to arbitration shall give the other party written notice of any
arbitration proceeding at least 60 days prior to such proceeding; provided,
further, that the parties mutually agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve
their differences prior to such arbitration proceeding.


                                       18
<PAGE>   19
        12.11   Assignment; Third Parties.  The Executive may not assign,
transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of this Agreement
or any of his respective rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior
written consent of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, the
Company may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or
obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Executive.  The
Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to its successor in
connection with a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, acquisition,
recapitalization or other similar transaction (and such successor shall
thereafter be deemed the "Company" for purposes of this Agreement).  The
provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the
benefit of, the respective heirs, legal representatives and successors of the
parties hereto. 

        12.12   Prior Understandings.  This Agreement, together with the
exhibits and schedules attached hereto which are incorporated herein by this
reference, embodies the entire understanding of the parties hereto and
supersedes all other oral or written agreements or understandings between them
regarding the subject matter hereof.  No change, alteration or modification
hereof may be made except in a writing specifically referring hereto and signed
by the Executive and the Chairman of the Board of the Company or his designee.
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall
not be construed as part of this Agreement or to limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.  Section references refer to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.

        12.13   Further Action.  The Executive and the Company agree to perform
any further acts and to execute and deliver any document which may be
reasonable to carry out the provisions hereof.

        12.14   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

        12.15   Indemnification. During the Term of Employment and thereafter,
the Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, and the Executive shall be entitled to the protection of any
insurance policies the Company may elect to maintain generally for the benefit
of its directors and officers, with respect to all expenses, judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts (including, without limitation, attorneys'



                                       19
<PAGE>   20
fees) incurred or sustained by the Executive in connection with any action,
suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of being or having
been a director, officer or employee of the Company or his serving or having
served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request
of the Company.

        12.16   Bankruptcy Proceeding.  In the event that the Company becomes
subject to a Bankruptcy Proceeding during the Term of Employment, and the
Company is reorganized as a result of the Bankruptcy Proceeding, the
Executive's rights to purchase the Company's common stock under Section 4.4 and
Section 7 hereof shall be converted into rights to purchase an equivalent
interest in the common voting shares of the entity into which the Company is
reorganized.  The aggregate number of new shares (the "New Share") of the
reorganized entity that the Executive shall attain the right to acquire
hereunder shall represent the same percentage equity ownership interest of the
Company, on a fully diluted basis, as is represented by __________ shares of
the Company's common stock on the Effective Date.  The Executive may purchase
all or any portion of the New Shares, at his option, but shall not be required
to purchase the New Shares.  The purchase price of the New Shares shall be set
at the closing trading price of the New Shares on the date that is 30 days
following the date of consummation of a plan or reorganization.  The Executive's
right to acquire the new Shares shall otherwise be exercisable on terms and
conditions that are comparable to those applicable under Sections 4.4 and 7
hereof.




                            (Signature Page Follows)



<PAGE>   21
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands as of the
day and year first written above.

                                EXECUTIVE:


                                ---------------------------------------
                                [NAME]

                                COMPANY:

                                BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.


                                By: -----------------------------------
                                    William D. Eberle
                                    Chairman of the Board






                                       21

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.14(b)


                 BARRY'S JEWELERS EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PACKAGE
     COMPARISON OF TERMS REVISED BY DEBTOR (9/3/97) AND BANK GROUP (9/12/97)

PART ONE - BASE SALARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE             BARRY'S BASE                 LENDERS' BASE
- ---------             ------------                 -------------
<S>                   <C>                           <C>       
Merksamer             $  400,000                    $  400,000
Healey                   275,000                       275,000
McCullough               225,000                       225,000
Haggar                   165,000                       165,000
Edgel                    120,000                       120,000
                      ----------                    ----------

         Totals       $1,185,000                    $1,185,000
</TABLE>


PART TWO - ANNUAL BONUS PARAMETERS(a)                    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 %     BARRY'S PARAMETERS                       %        LENDERS' PARAMETERS
- ---    ------------------                      ---       -------------------
<S>    <C>                                    <C>        <C>
50%    Payable if Barry's achieves its FYE     50%       Payable if Barry's achieves projected
       EBITDA target. Monthly and year-                  EBITDA for the FYE 5/31/98 based on
       end EBITDA targets to be                          audited numbers(a)
       established by debtor and approved
       by the board.

50%    Payable if debtor achieves its target   10%       *Match or exceed 11/30/97 projected
       for aggregate cash, eligible A/R,                 Inventory Levels(b).
       and eligible inventory as of the end    10%       *Match or exceed 12/31/97 projected cash
       of the calendar year. Targets have                deposit, receivable and Inventory Levels.
       been approved by the court in           10%       *Match or be lower than 12/31/97
       connection with the cash collateral               projected G&A expenses.
       stipulation.                            10%       *Total Availability(c) at end of February
                                                         1998 of $4.1 Million and payables are
                                                         maintained within agreed upon vendor
                                                         terms as of February 1998.

                                               10%       Receipt of 1.4x amount of inventory returned
                                                         by November 1997 and at end of February 1998.
</TABLE>

(a)  Projected EBITDA will be determined by Barry's board of directors. The
     Bank Group and Committees will be provided with a written notice by
     November 1, 1997 of the forecasted EBITDA monthly and for the fiscal year
     ending 5/31/98 and shall have the right to object to such projections and
     have the Court determine the reasonableness of the EBITDA projections.


<PAGE>   2
(b)   Inventory Levels is defined as owned plus consigned inventory as set forth
      in the Budget annexed to the Amended Cash Collateral Stipulation.

(c)   Total Availability is defined as excess (or deficit) availability under
      the borrowing base plus total cash balances.

PART THREE (A) - ANNUAL BONUS CAP (a)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE            BARRY'S CAP          LENDERS' CAP
- ---------            -----------          ------------
<S>                  <C>                  <C>       
Merksamer             100% ($400,000)      100% ($400,000)
Healey                 75% ($206,250)       75% ($206,250)
McCullough             60% ($135,000)       60% ($135,000)
Haggar                 50%  ($82,500)       50%  ($82,500)
Edgel                  33%  ($40,000)       33%  ($40,000)
                            --------             --------

   Totals                   $863,750             $863,750
</TABLE>

(a)  Calculated as a percentage of Barry's Base Salary.

PART THREE (B) - EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT TERMINATED BY COMPANY WITHOUT CAUSE OR
BY THE EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON OR DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE            BARRY'S BONUS (a)            LENDERS' BONUS (b)
- ---------            -----------------            ------------------
<S>                   <C>                         <C>             
Merksamer             100%  ($400,000)            100%  ($400,000)
Healey                 75%  ($206,250)             75%  ($206,250)
McCullough             60%  ($135,000)             60%  ($135,000)
Haggar                 50%   ($82,500)             50%   ($82,500)
Edgel                  33%   ($40,000)             33%   ($40,000)
                             --------                    --------

   Totals                    $863,750                    $863,750
</TABLE>

(a)     This full Annual Bonus will be payable WHETHER OR NOT any calendar
        year-end or fiscal year-end targets have been achieved. Bonus amounts
        are based on the Annual Bonus Cap for each executive. Bonus will be due
        and payable on the Date of Termination. Bonuses are based on the annual
        bonus cap for each employee.

(b)   This full annual bonus will be payable IF AND ONLY if (i) the fiscal year
      end 5/31/98 targets have been achieved or (ii) (x) in the event of a
      change in control of the company at a time when the company is a going
      concern or (y) death or disability of an executive, provided, in either
      event, that any applicable Annual Bonus parameters at such time have been
      met. Bonus amounts are based on the Annual Bonus Cap for each executive.


                                       -2-



<PAGE>   3
PART THREE (C) - EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT TERMINATED BY COMPANY FOR CAUSE OR BY
THE EXECUTIVE WITHOUT GOOD REASON
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE                BARRY'S BONUS (a)         LENDERS' BONUS (b)
- ---------                -----------------         ------------------
<S>                      <C>         
Merksamer                100% ($400,000)
Healey                    75% ($206,250)
McCullough                60% ($135,000)                (None)
Haggar                    50%  ($82,500)
Edgel                     33%  ($40,000)
                               --------

    Total                      (Varies)
</TABLE>

(a)     The amount of the bonus for each executive will be a pro-rated portion
        of the executive's Annual Bonus Cap. Figures shown here are the maximum
        possible bonus each executive could receive. This bonus will be payable
        on the date(s) on which such amounts would have been due had termination
        not occurred and will be payable ONLY IF calendar year-end or fiscal
        year-end targets are achieved.

(b)     No bonus would be paid because new management would have to be hired.
        "Cause" is assumed to be malfeasance or misfeasance.

PART THREE (D) - BONUS IF EXECUTIVE NOT TERMINATED PRIOR TO CONFIRMATION AND
CONFIRMATION OCCURS PRIOR TO THE END OF ANY FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE            BARRY'S BONUS (a)            LENDERS' BONUS
- ---------            -----------------            --------------
<S>                    <C>                        <C>
Merksamer             100% ($400,000)
Healey                 75% ($206,250)             Same as Part Three (B).
McCullough             60% ($135,000)             It is understood, however,
Haggar                 50%  ($82,500)             that the FYE 5/31/98 condition
Edgel                  33%  ($40,000)             set forth in footnote (b)(i) of
                            --------              Part Three (B) would be prospective.
   Total                    (Varies)
</TABLE>

(a)   The executive's employment agreement will terminate on the Confirmation
      Date. The executive will be entitled to his full annual bonus amount for
      the fiscal year, payable in full for the fiscal year ended 5/31/98 and
      prorated for any fiscal year thereafter, provided that the Company has
      achieved its year-to-date EBITDA target up to the month prior to the
      Confirmation. Bonuses are based on the annual bonus cap for each employee.


                                       -3-



<PAGE>   4
PART FOUR (A) - CONFIRMATION BONUS (a)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE        BARRY'S BONUS (b)            LENDERS' BONUS (c)
- ---------        -----------------            ------------------
                                      Before 5/l/98        5/1/98-6/30/98       7/1/98-9/30/98
<S>              <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>            
Merksamer        1.5x ($600,000)      1.25x ($500,000)     l.0x ($400,000)     .75x ($300,000)
Healey           1.0x ($275,000)      1.25x ($343,750)     1.0x ($275,000)     .75x ($206,250)
McCullough       1.0x ($225,000)      1.25x ($282,250)     1.0x ($225,000)     .75x ($168,750)
Haggar           1.0x ($165,000)      1.25x ($206,250)     1.0x ($165,000)     .75x ($123,750)
Edgel            1.0x ($120,000)      1.25x ($150,000)     1.0x ($120,000)     .75x ($ 90,000)
                     ----------            ----------          ----------            --------

  Total              $1,385,000            $1,481,250          $1,185,500            $888,750
</TABLE>

(a)        Based on a percentage of Barry's Base Salary.

(b)        If the Confirmation Date is after 5/31/98, potential bonuses are
           reduced by 5% per month, including the month in which the
           Confirmation Date occurs. Confirmation bonuses are based on Barry's
           Base Salary schedule.

(c)        Confirmation bonus is based on (i) the entry of an confirmation order
           of a plan of reorganization (provided that the sole conditions to the
           effective date of the confirmed plan are tied to the performance of a
           third party) on the above dates, and (ii) demonstration of capacity
           on confirmation date to finance seasonal working capital requirements
           in the form of an asset based working capital facility that contains
           market advance rates and market collateral eligibility parameters.


PART FOUR (B) - BONUS IF EXECUTIVE TERMINATED PRIOR TO CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY
WITHOUT CAUSE OR BY THE EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON (a)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE        BARRY'S BONUS (b)     LENDERS' BONUS
- ---------        -----------------     --------------
<S>              <C>                   <C>
Merksamer        1.5x ($600,000)       Same as Part Four (A); provided, however
Healey           1.0x ($275,000)       if the executive terminates his or her
McCullough       1.0x ($225,000)       employment because Barry's has been sold
Haggar           1.0x ($165,000)       pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy
Edgel            1.0x ($120,000)       Code prior to confirmation of a plan of
                     ----------        reorganization and a plan is confirmed
       Total         $1,385,000        within the frames set forth in Part
                                       Four (A), the applicable Confirmation
                                       Bonus in Part Four (A) will be due.
</TABLE>

(a)        Good Reason would include a sale of Barry's under section 363 of the
           Bankruptcy Code.

(b)        If termination occurs for Cause or by the Executive without Good
           Reason, the


                                       -4-



<PAGE>   5
        Confirmation Bonus will not be payable; however, due to the Executive's
        death or Disability, this bonus will be prorated. Bonuses are based on
        each executive's annual salary.

PART FOUR (C) - BONUS IF EXECUTIVE TERMINATED PRIOR TO CONFIRMATION BY COMPANY
WITH CAUSE OR BY THE EXECUTIVE WITHOUT GOOD REASON

No bonus would be paid because new Management would have to be hired. Cause is
assumed to be malfeasance or misfeasance.


PART FIVE - STOCK OPTIONS
No stock options or warrants shall be included in the management agreements.
Stock options can be negotiated in connection with a Plan of Reorganization. The
debtor has agreed to this requirement in its most recent proposal.


PART SIX - TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
In the original executive management contract motion, the Employment Agreements
extend through 5/31/00, subject to automatic renewal thereafter. The debtor has
proposed to terminate the Employment Agreements upon confirmation of a plan of
reorganization and eliminate the clause about automatic renewals.

PART SEVEN - NON-COMPETITION CLAUSES
The Employment Agreements include non-competition and non-solicitation
provisions for Mr. Merksamer only. The debtor proposes to remove these
provisions from Mr. Merksamer's Employment Agreement, regardless of the reason
for termination.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.14(c)

               Schedule of Certain Terms of Employment Agreements

        At a hearing of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central
District of California (the "Bankruptcy Court") held on September 24, 1997, the
Bankruptcy Court authorized the Company to enter into employment agreements (the
"Employment Agreements") with Mr. Merksamer and each of Messrs. Healey,
McCullough, Haggar and Edgel (each an "Executive"). Upon entry of the related
Bankruptcy Court order, the Company will enter into such Employment Agreements,
which extend through confirmation of a plan of reorganization of the Company.
Set forth below is a summary of certain other terms of such Employment
Agreements.

<PAGE>   2
                     CERTAIN TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Plan of Reorganization Confirmation
                                                                    Bonus (as a percentage of annual base salary)(2)
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  If confirmation
                                          Maximum Annual                         occurs on or after      If confirmation
                                            Cash Bonus                              May 1, 1998         occurs on or after 
                                         (as a percentage     If confirmation       through and           July 1, 1998
                          Annual Base       of annual         occurs prior to        including            and prior to
Executive/Title             Salary        base salary(1)        May 1, 1998        June 30, 1998        September 30, 1998
- ---------------           -----------    ----------------     ---------------    ------------------     ------------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>                  <C>                <C>                    <C>
 
Samuel J. Merksamer....   $400,000             100%                125%                 100%                    75%
  President and Chief
  Executive Officer

E. Peter Healey........   $275,000              75%                125%                 100%                    75%
  Executive Vice
  President, Chief
  Financial Officer 
  and Secretary

Randy N. McCullough....   $225,000              60%                125%                 100%                    75%
  Senior Vice President
  - Merchandising

Chad C. Haggar.........   $165,000              50%                125%                 100%                    75%
  Vice President -
  Operations

Bill R. Edgel..........   $120,000              33%                125%                 100%                    75%
  Vice President -
  Marketing

</TABLE>

- -----------------------

(1)  Such bonuses are payable as follows: (i) 50% thereof are payable if the
     Company achieves projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
     and amortization for its 1998 fiscal year, (ii) 10% thereof are payable if
     the Company meets or exceeds its November 30, 1997 projected inventory
     levels, (iii) 10% thereof are payable if the Company meets or exceeds its
     December 31, 1997 projected cash deposit, receivable and inventory levels,
     (iv) 10% thereof are payable if the Company meets its December 31, 1997
     projected general and administrative expenses, (v) 10% thereof are payable
     if, as of February 1998, there is total availability under the borrowing
     base in the Company's revolving credit facility (as modified by the cash
     collateral stipulation field with the Bankruptcy Court) plus total cash
     balances of at least $4.1 million, and payables are maintained within
     agreed upon vendor terms, and (vi) the remaining 10% are payable upon
     receipt from vendors of 1.4 times the amount of inventory returned by
     November 1997 and at the end of February 1998.

(2)  A condition to the payment of such bonus will require that the Company have
     an asset-based, working capital credit facility on market terms on the
     confirmation date of a plan or reorganization.

                                       2
<PAGE>   3
        Under the Employment Agreements, if an Executive's employment is
terminated by the Company without cause, by the Executive with good reason
(including a sale of the Company under the Bankruptcy Code), due to an
Executive's death or disability, or as a result of the confirmation of a plan
of reorganization, such Executive is entitled to receive (i) accrued annual
base salary and vacation, (ii) his maximum annual cash bonus if (A) the fiscal
year end 1998 performance targets have been achieved (provided that such target
will be prospectively applicable with respect to termination resulting from
confirmation of a plan prior to the end of such fiscal year) or (B) in the
event of a Change-in-Control (as defined below) of the Company at a time when
the Company is a going concern or the death or disability of an Executive if
any applicable performance conditions have been met, and (iii) if such
termination without cause or with good reason occurs prior to confirmation of a
plan of reorganization of the Company, his confirmation bonus. If the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for cause (i.e.,
malfeasance or misfeasance) or by the Executive without good reason, such
Executive is entitled to receive accrued annual base salary and vacation, but
no annual cash bonus or confirmation bonus (if such termination occurs prior to
confirmation). Under the Employment Agreements, a "Change-in-Control" includes
the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, a reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations in which the Company
is not the surviving entity or as a result of which the Company's outstanding
voting securities are converted to or reclassified as cash, securities of
another corporation or other property, a sale of assets of the Company or its
subsidiaries having a fair market value equal to more than 50% of the total
fair market value of the Company's assets to a nonaffiliate of the Company, or
the acquisition of more than 30% of the then-outstanding voting securities of
the Company by a nonaffiliate.



                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.15(a)

                      TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENT TERM SHEET

        This term sheet with respect to the principle terms of a Trade Financing
Agreement is entered into this 22nd day of July, 1997, subject only to approval
by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California
(the "Bankruptcy Court") in Case No. LA 97-27988-VZ (the "Bankruptcy Case"), by
and among Barry's Jewelers. Inc. ("Barry's" or the "Debtor"), the Official
Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the Bankruptcy Case (the
"Creditors' Committee") the Official Committee of Bondholders appointed in the
Bankruptcy Case (the "Bondholder Committee"), and BankBoston, N.A. f/k/a The
First National Bank of Boston (the "Collateral Agent"), Jackson National Life
Insurance Company, Sanwa Business Credit Corporation and The CIT Group/Business
Credit, Inc. (collectively, the "Bank Group"). Barry's, the Creditors'
Committee, the Bondholder Committee, the Collateral Agent and the Bank Group are
collectively referred to herein as the "Parties."

            1. A vendor return program will be open to all of Barry's
prepetition Jewelry vendors. In order to participate in the program, each
participating vendor must execute a Trade Financing Agreement (the "Trade
Financing Agreement") and agree to provide, on the terms set forth herein,
revolving credit for merchandise purchases to Barry's on 90-day terms ("Credit
Merchandise") in an amount equal to two and one-half times the value (as
determined pursuant to Paragraph 2(b) below and hereinafter referred to as
"Value") of the prepetition merchandise to be returned to the participating
vendor (the "Minimum Credit Commitment").

            2. Barry's will return to each participating vendor prepetition
merchandise with a Value equal to 75% (or such lesser amount as specified by the
vendor) of the relevant vendor's prepetition claim against Barry's based upon
the provision of prepetition merchandise (the "Prepetition Claim") up to an
aggregate maximum Prepetition Claim amount of $10.55 million (e.g.. the Value of
the prepetition merchandise returned shall not exceed $7.912.500) (the "Maximum
Return Amount").

                a. On or before September 30, 1997, returns shall equal no more
        than thirty-seven and one-half percent (37.5%) of any particular
        participating vendor's Prepetition Claim. No further returns shall be
        made until a minimum of thirty (30) days following the bar date
        established for filing proofs of claim in the Bankruptcy Case (the "Bar
        Date"), which Bar Date shall be no later than October 31, 1997.
        Following the Bar Date, if the claims of merchandise vendors exceed
        S10.55 million. Barry's shall not return merchandise to any vendor which
        exceeds such vendor's pro-rata share of the Maximum Return Amount based
        on the face amount of the Prepetition Claims filed and deemed filed by
        merchandise vendors. To the extent that the aggregate claims of
        merchandise vendors on account of Prepetition Claims subsequently are
        reduced. Barry's will return additional merchandise to the vendors, on a
        pro-rata basis, up to the Maximum Return Amount.

                b. For purposes of the vendor return program, the prepetition
        merchandise shall be valued, in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section
        546(g), based solely on the purchase price set forth in the prepetition
        invoice for such prepetition merchandise, subject to


<PAGE>   2

        verification by Barry's as to accuracy. Barry's will use reasonable and
        good faith efforts, in cooperation with the vendor, to identify the
        prepetition Invoice pursuant to which the vendor shipped the
        merchandise. Should Barry's be unable, despite such reasonable and good
        faith efforts, to match the vendor's goods with the vendor's invoices,
        the vendor will then nonetheless be required to accept the goods under
        the return program, so long as such goods are of the same Category and
        to reduce its Prepetition Claim accordingly. The Categories shall be:
        (1) Diamond Merchandise; (2) Watches; (3) Gold Merchandise; (4) Colored
        Stone Merchandise; and (5) Miscellaneous. Barry's may select the
        prepetition merchandise to be returned in its sole and absolute
        discretion subject to the requirement that the Value of prepetition
        merchandise returned does not exceed the Maximum Return Amount; the
        prepetition merchandise to be returned shall not include merchandise
        obtained by Barry s on consignment or memo.

            3. The prepetition merchandise returned to a vendor shall be
credited dollar-for-dollar against and shall offset the vendor's Prepetition
Claim. Under any plan of reorganization, the return of the prepetition
merchandise shall not be treated as an early "distribution" or earl "dividend"
to the vendor on account of the vendor' Prepetition Claim, but rather, the
amount of the vendor's claim entitled to distributions or dividends under such a
plan shall be the amount remaining after the credit and offset of such claim for
the Value of the prepetition merchandise returned.

            4. Upon execution of a Trade Financing Agreement with a prepetition
vendor, Barry's shall promptly provide the vendor with an inventory of
approximately fifty percent (50%) of the prepetition merchandise to be returned
to the vendor. Subject to paragraph 2 (including the, Maximum Return Amount)
Barry's shall return the prepetition merchandise to participating vendors no
later than (a) on or prior to September 30, 1997, one week after Barry's receipt
of merchandise with an aggregate Value of $5.54 million (1.4 times the Value of
the prepetition merchandise to be returned prior to September 30, 1997); and (b)
on or after October 1, 1997 and prior to November 30, 1997, one week after
Barry's receipt of merchandise with a Value which when added to the Value of
merchandise received prior to September 30, will equal or exceed $9.9 million.
Barry's must (and is required to) purchase and have received at least $5.54
million of merchandise on or before September 30, 1997 and an aggregate total of
$9.9 million by November 30, 1997.

            5. The Collateral Agent shall have liens upon the Credit Merchandise
to the same extent and with the same priority and validity as the liens on the
prepetition merchandise returned hereunder.

            6 . Barry's and the vendor will cooperate with each other in
conducting a joint review and reconciliation of Barry's prepetition accounts
payable to the vendor, with a view to determining and agreeing upon the exact
amount of the Prepetition Claim. Pending agreement on the amount of the
Prepetition Claim, solely for purposes of determining the maximum amount of
prepetition merchandise that may be returned initially and credited against the
vendor's Prepetition Claim, Barry's records shall be determinative. If Barry's
and the participating vendor have not reconciled the vendor's Prepetition Claim
before September 1, 1997, the participating vendor may ask the Court to resolve
the dispute. The Collateral Agent, the Bank Group and the Bondholder Committee
shall be deemed parties-in-interest in this reconciliation proceeding before the
Court. If the Court determines that the Prepetition Claim is greater than that
asserted by Barry's, Barry's



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

will return additional prepetition merchandise to the vendor as set forth herein
(subject, of course, to the vendor complying with the terms of the Trade
Financing Agreement and to the Maximum Return Amount limitations set forth in
paragraph 2).

            7. The Minimum Credit Commitment will continue for one (1) year from
the execution by the vendor of a Trade Financing Agreement but shall terminate
earlier if there is an Event of Default (as defined below) under this Term Sheet
or as set forth herein. Upon an Event of Default under this Term Sheet other
than as set forth in paragraph 8(d) below. all post-petition payables for
merchandise (i) consigned and sold or (ii) shipped on credit pursuant to this
Term Sheet shall be immediately due and payable, and subject to the Amended Cash
Collateral Stipulation, the Trade Subordination and the Trade Trust (1) shall be
paid and (2) all merchandise ordered but not yet received by Barry's shall be
paid for C.O.D.


            8. Unless waived in writing by the Creditors' Committee in its sole
discretion, each of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default" under
this Term Sheet and the Trade Financing Agreements:

                a. With respect to all participating vendors, default in the
        payment or performance of any of Barry's obligations or agreements under
        Trade Financing Agreements with participating vendors with Prepetition
        Claims totaling in excess of $2 million, which continues for more than
        ten (10) business days after such vendors or the Creditors' Committee
        gives Barry's written notice thereof, or

                b. With respect to all participating vendors, any representation
        or warranty made by Barry's in any certificate, statement or agreement,
        including but not limited to any of such furnished in connection with
        the Trade Financing Agreement to the Committee or participating vendors
        with Prepetition Claims totaling in excess of $2 million, should prove
        to be false or misleading in any material respect; or

                C. An order of the Bankruptcy Court is entered (i) prohibiting
        Barry's us, of cash and cash proceeds constituting cash collateral in
        an amount sufficient to meet its obligations under Trade Financing
        Agreements prior to the confirmation of a plan of reorganization; or
        (ii) if the Amended Cash Collateral Stipulation is approved, if at any
        time the use of cash collateral is subsequently restricted in a manner
        which renders Barry's unable to timely pay its obligations under Trade
        Financing Agreements; or (iii) appointing a chapter 11 trustee in the
        Chapter 11 Case; or (iv) converting the Chapter 11 Case to a chapter 7;
        or (v) dismissing the Chapter 11 Case. The Amended Cash Collateral
        Stipulation shall be deemed to provide sufficient cash to satisfy
        Barry's obligations under Trade Financing Agreements and shall not
        therefore be a basis for a default under clause (i) or (ii) above so
        long as it remains in effect in the form agreed to by the Parties.

                d. A plan of reorganization is confirmed and becomes effective
        which does not provide for (i) all post-petition trade payables to be
        paid in full on or before the later of the effective date of the plan or
        the date such trade payables become due and payable unless a
        participating vendor agrees to a less favorable treatment in its sole
        discretion, (ii) all prepetition memo merchandise still in the Debtor's
        possession to be paid for in full or



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

        returned subject to the provisions of paragraph 17 below unless a
        participating vendor agrees to a less favorable treatment in its sole
        discretion; (iii) the Trade Trust and Subordination to be maintained in
        accordance with paragraph 13 hereof; and (iv) satisfying any of Barry's
        obligations to return merchandise hereunder which remain unperformed at
        confirmation; or

                e. The occurrence of a material adverse event that materially
        impairs Barry's performance under the Trade Financing Agreements.

            The Creditors' Committee (on behalf of participating vendors) shall
be deemed to be the sole beneficiary of the Trade Trust (as hereinafter defined)
which, if there is an Event of Default, shall, after giving the Debtor, the
Collateral Agent, the Bank Group and Bondholder Committee written notice of
default and a ten (10) business day opportunity to cure or obtain injunctive
relief or a judicial determination that an Event of Default has not occurred, be
immediately distributed to participating vendors on a pro-rata basis, based on
participating vendors' claims under Trade Financing Agreements, without further
order of the Court.

            9. The following shall constitute an Event of Default under a Trade
Financing Agreement but not under this Term Sheet:

                a. With respect to any particular vendor's obligations under its
        Trade Financing Agreement, default in the payment or performance of any
        of Barry's obligations or agreements under the Trade Financing Agreement
        which continues for more than ten (10) business days after the vendor
        gives Barry's written notice thereof; or

                b. With respect to any particular vendor's obligations under its
        Trade Financing Agreement, any representation or warranty made by
        Barry's in any certificate, statement or agreement, including but not
        limited to any of such furnished in connection with the Trade Financing
        Agreement, should prove to be false or misleading in any material
        respect.

            10. Any material breach of a Trade Financing Agreement by a vendor
which remains uncured for ten (10) business days after the vendor's receipt of
written notice of such alleged material breach, shall result in the vendor
forfeiting all rights and protections under its Trade Financing Agreement.
Barry's agrees to promptly provide written notice of any material breach.

            11. Unless waived in writing by the Creditors' Committee in its sole
discretion, any material breach of this Term Sheet by Barry's or the occurrence
of an Event of Default which, in either case, remains uncured for ten (10)
business days after Barry's receipt of written notice of such breach or Event of
Default under this Term Sheet, shall entitle participating vendors to retain all
benefits hereunder but be relieved of any and all further obligations to provide
Barry's with merchandise. Any material breach of a Trade Financing Agreement or
Event of Default under a particular vendor's Trade Financing Agreement which, in
either case, remains uncured for ten (10) business days after Barry's receipt of
written notice of such breach or Event of Default under the particular vendor's
Trade Financing Agreement, shall entitle such vendor to retain all benefits
hereunder but be relieved of any and all further obligations to provide Barry's
with merchandise. All Parties agree to promptly provide written notice of a
material breach or Event of Default.



                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

            12. Each participating vendor must accept orders from Barry's for
the purchase of any goods offered by the vendor for sale to retailers at the
same prices offered by the vendor to the vendor's other mall-based customers of
a similar size ("Similar Customers"), and all shipments must be upon the
industry's normal and customary delivery schedules for the particular type of
merchandise. Any and all Credit Merchandise shall be delivered and accepted
pursuant to written policies and procedures reasonably adopted by Barry's and
reasonably approved by the vendor. Each vendor must accept from Barry's
returns of any and all Credit Merchandise on terms no less favorable than the
vendor extends to Similar Customers.

            13.

                a. The members of the Bondholder Committee hereby subordinate
        four million dollars ($4 million) of the members' allegedly secured
        claims to post-petition trade payables relating to the purchase by the
        Debtor of Credit Merchandise or to post-petition payables arising out of
        the sale of goods consigned by any consignor participating in the
        program set forth in the second sentence of paragraph 17 (the "Trade
        Subordination") (without prejudice to their rights to seek to adjust any
        recovery of the bondholders from the Debtor or their interest in the
        collateral (whether through a plan or otherwise) to ensure that in the
        event the Trade Subordination is ever enforced, the bondholders will
        share the burden of such subordination on a pro-rata basis). The Trade
        Subordination is irrevocable and indefeasible.

                b. The Debtor agrees to fund promptly upon entry of an order
        approving the Amended Cash Collateral Stipulation on a final basis two
        million dollars ($2 million) into a trust for the sole benefit of the
        Creditors' Committee on behalf of participating vendors hereunder (the
        "Trade Trust"). The Debtor may not fund more than $2 million into the
        Trade Trust. The Bank Group and the Collateral Agent shall subordinate
        their security interests and the replacement liens granted to them under
        the Amended Stipulation to the interest granted herein to the vendors in
        the Trade Trust. The Trade Trust shall be placed in an interest-bearing
        account in a bank that is not affiliated with the Bank Group in the name
        of the Creditors' Counting in trust for trade vendors. The Creditors'
        Committee, with the cooperation of Barry's, shall have the sole
        responsibility for administering the Trade Trust, and neither the Bank
        Group nor the Bondholders shall have any such responsibility.
        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Amended
        Cash Collateral Stipulation is terminated pursuant to paragraph 17
        thereof, the funds in the Trade Trust shall be applied as set forth in
        paragraph 18 of the Amended Cash Collateral Stipulation and any funds
        remaining shall be immediately returned to the Debtor.


                c. If the Trade Trust is eliminated or reduced, the members of
        the Bondholders' Committee hereby indefeasibly and irrevocably
        subordinate to post-petition trade payables relating to the purchase by
        the Debtor of Credit Merchandise or to post-petition payables arising
        out of the sale of goods consigned by any consignor participating in the
        program set forth in the second sentence of paragraph 17, an additional
        amount equal to two million dollars ($2 million) minus any amounts
        previously paid to vendors from the




                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

        Trade Trust; provided that the aggregate Trade Subordination shall not
        exceed six million dollars ($6 million).

            On the Wednesday following the Debtor's funding of the Trade Trust,
the Debtor shall provide the Parties with a borrowing base certificate,
reflecting that, on the date the Trade Trust was funded, the borrowing base had
not been exceeded, and a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer attesting
that there were, to the best of his knowledge, on the date the Trade Trust was
funded, no existing defaults under the Amended Cash Collateral Stipulation.
Within 2 business days after receipt of these certificates, the Collateral Agent
must give the other Parties written notice of any objection to the funding of
the Trade Trust or be forever barred from raising any such objection as to the
Trade Trust, the Creditors' Committee or participating vendors. Thereafter,
subject only to the last sentence of 13(b), the Parties agree that the Trade
Trust will not be subject to challenge even if the Amended Cash Collateral
Stipulation is terminated and shall be maintained solely for the Creditors'
Committee for the benefit of participating vendors. Subject to the Amended Cash
Collateral Stipulation, the Trade Trust and Trade Subordination, all Credit
Merchandise payables arising from goods shipped prior to December 31, 1997 must
be paid in full by the earlier of February 28, 1998 or ninety (90) days
following receipt by Barry's of the invoice for the merchandise in question. On
disbursement (following an Event of Default), the Trade Trust shall first be
disbursed pro-rata to participating vendors based upon the amount of credit such
vendors have outstanding under Trade Financing Agreements. Any funds remaining
following payment in full of all trade payables generated from Credit
Merchandise shall be distributed on a pro-rata basis to vendors who remain owed
post-petition trade payables as a result of memo merchandise sold pursuant to
paragraph 17 hereof. The Trade Trust shall be returned to the Debtor after the
Debtor has paid all trade payables outstanding at the time all Trade Financing
Agreements have either expired or terminated.

            14. The participating vendors will receive a superpriority
administrative claim pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section 364(c)(1) for all
unpaid post-petition trade payables in excess of $6 million subordinate only to
any superpriority administrative claim of the Collateral Agent for a failure of
adequate protection by use of cash collateral.

            15. Barry's will offer participation in the Trade Financing
Agreement to every prepetition merchandise vendor and to every vendor from whom
Barry's wishes to order asset merchandise post-petition; provided that vendors
who do not have Prepetition Claims do not receive returns of prepetition
merchandise.

            16. Barry's will not use the provisions of Bankruptcy Code section
1129, or any other section of the Bankruptcy Code, to alter its obligations
under the Trade Financing Agreement unless any such alteration is agreed to by
the vendor in its sole discretion. The effectiveness of a plan of reorganization
shall constitute a termination of a Trade Financing Agreement, and all
outstanding payables hereunder shall be paid as set forth in paragraph 8(d)
hereof unless the vendor agrees otherwise. Nothing herein shall constitute an
express or implied obligation by the Bank Group or the members of the
Bondholders' Committee to fund the payments required for a plan to become
effective, including, but not limited to the trade payables referenced in this
paragraph 16.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

            17. Barry's will agree to a global UCC filing to cover consigned
goods provided to Barry's post-petition. If a prepetition consignor agrees that
Barry's may sell consigned goods provided to Barry's prepetition, Barry's will
pay the consignor on 30-day terms as the goods are sold; provided however, that
Barry's must sell the prepetition consigned goods for an average of no less than
50% off the retail price for such goods. On or before February 28, 1998, Barry's
may return up to (but not more than) $500,000 at cost of unsold prepetition memo
inventory to vendors and prior to May 1, 1998, Barry's may return up to (but not
more than) an additional $200,000 at cost of prepetition memo merchandise to
vendors (in both cases based upon the price of the goods as set forth in the
prepetition memo for such goods), provided however that to participate under
this paragraph 17, such prepetition memo vendor must have agreed to provide
Barry's with new memo merchandise under the post-petition consignment agreement
equal to or greater than one and one-half times the amount of prepetition memo
inventory returned, and memo vendors in the aggregate must in fact have provided
to Barry's in excess of one hundred-fifty percent (150%) of the prepetition memo
inventory in new memo merchandise. No party shall challenge any payments or
returns made under and in accordance with this paragraph. The Bank Group has no
responsibility for any proration hereunder.

            18. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall constitute an original, and all of which taken together shall be the
Agreement of the signatories. This Agreement will be deemed executed upon
receipt by the Debtor of a faxed or telecopied signature.

            19. The Bondholder Committee shall promptly obtain signatures of
each of its members reaffirming the Term Sheet and specifically the Trade
Subordination.

            20. This Term Sheet shall be binding upon the Debtor, the Creditors'
Committee, the Collateral Agent, the Bank Group, each member of the Bondholders'
Committee, participating vendors, and each of their respective successors and
assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Debtor, the Creditors' Committee,
the Collateral Agent, the Bank Group, the Bondholder Committee, participating
vendors, and each of their respective successors and assigns.

            21. The Debtor shall move promptly for Court approval of this Term
Sheet, and all Parties hereto shall support, and use their best efforts to
obtain, expeditious entry of an order approving this Term Sheet.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

Agreed to subject only to Bankruptcy Court approval.

                                    Barry's Jewelers. Inc.


                                    By: /s/ SAMUEL J. MERKSAMER
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: Samuel J. Merksamer
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  President
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                    Official Committee of Bondholders


                                    By: /s/ S. RICHARDS
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: S. Richards
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  Counsel
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                    Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors


                                    By: /s/ SHELLY ROTHSCHILD
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: Shelly Rothschild
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  Counsel
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                    BankBoston. N.A.
                                    f/k/a The First National Bank of Boston
                                    Individually and as Collateral Agent


                                    By: /s/ STEVEN ATWATER
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: Steven Atwater
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  Vice President
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                    Jackson National Life Insurance Company
                                    By PPM America, Attorney-in-fact

                                    By: /s/ JOEL KLEIN
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: Joel Klein
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  Vice President
                                        ----------------------------------------



                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9

                                    Sanwa Business Credit Corporation


                                    By: /s/ JEFF G. GERRY
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Jeff G. Gerry
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:   Vice President
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                    CIT Business Credit, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ JAMES CONBEENEY
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                    Name: James Conbeeney
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Its:  Vice President
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10

                         UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                         CENTRAL DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA

In re                                         Case No. LA 97-27988 VZ
                                              Chapter 11
BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC., a
California corporation; et                    NOTICE OF ENTRY OF JUDGMENT OR
al.,                                          ORDER AND CERTIFICATE OF
                                              MAILING
Debtor

TO: THOSE PARTIES LISTED ON EXHIBIT "A" ATTACHED HERETO AND INCORPORATED HEREIN
BY REFERENCE.

        You are hereby notified, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 7005 and 9022, and
Local Bankruptcy Rule 116(l)(a)(iv), that a judgment* or order entitled ORDER
APPROVING "TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENT TERM SHEET" AND AUTHORIZING (A) DEBTOR'S
ENTRY INTO TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENTS; (B) RETURN OF PREPETITION MERCHANDISE
FREE AND CLEAR OF LIENS AND CLAIMS PURSUANT TO BANKRUPTCY CODE SECTION 546(G);
(C) MAINTENANCE OF TRADE TRUST; AND (D) GRANTING OF SUPERPRIORITY ADMINISTRATIVE
CLAIMS PURSUANT TO TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENTS was entered on             .

        I hereby certify that I mailed a copy of this notice and a true copy of
the Order or judgment to the above-named persons on_____________________.


DATED:                              JON D. CERETTO
                                    CLERK OF COURT




                                    By
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Deputy Clerk


        If a judgment is by default, then a copy of the judgment must be
attached to this notice.


<PAGE>   11

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                                     <C>
     Linda Bailey, Esq.                     Michael L. Tuchin, Esq.                 Gregory Bray
     Office of the United States Trustee    Stutman Treister & Glatt Professional   Stroock & Stroock & Lavan
     221 North Figueroa Street              Corporation                             2029 Century Park East, Suite 1800
     Suite 800                              3699 Wilshire Boulevard                 Los Angeles, CA 90067-3089
     Los Angeles, CA 90012                  Suite 900
                                            Los Angeles, CA 90010

     Jeremy Richards                        Shelly Rothschild, Esq.                 Ms. Deborah Schner-Rape, Esq.
     Pachulski, Stang, Ziehl & Young        Andrews & Kurth, LLP                    Andrews & Kurth
     10100 Santa Monica Boulevard           601 South Figueroa Street               1717 Main Street
     Suite 1100                             Suite 4200                              Suite 3700
     Los Angeles, CA 90067                  Los Angeles, CA 90017                   Dallas, TX 75201

</TABLE>



<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.15(b)


                                    FORM OF
                            TRADE FINANCING AGREEMENT

               This Trade Financing Agreement ("Agreement") made as of the __ th
day of, 1997, is by and between (Company), ("Supplier"), with its principal
offices at (Address1) (Address2), (City), (State) (PostalCode), and Barry's
Jewelers, Inc., a California corporation ("Barry's"), with its principal offices
at 111 West Lemon Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016.


                                   WITNESSETH:
        A.     RECITALS.

               WHEREAS, on May 11, 1997 ("Petition Date"), Barry's filed a
voluntary petition for relief with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Central District of California ("Bankruptcy Court") under chapter 11, title 11
of the United States Code, Case No. CA 97-27988-VZ ("Chapter 11 Case");

               WHEREAS, Barry's utilizes inventory and other merchandise in its
operations;

               WHEREAS, Barry's obtained inventory from Supplier on credit terms
prior to the Petition Date;

               WHEREAS, Barry's desires to return to Supplier certain
merchandise purchased prior to the Petition Date, for credit against Supplier's
prepetition claim against Barry's in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and that certain Trade Financing Agreement Term Sheet ("Term Sheet") by and
among Barry's, the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the
Chapter 11 Case (the "Creditors' Committee"), the Official Committee of
Bondholders appointed in the Chapter 11 Case (the Bondholders' Committee"), and
Bank Boston (the "Collateral Agent"), Jackson National Life Insurance Company,
Sanwa Business Credit Corporation and the CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.
(collectively, the "Bank Group"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit
"A" and incorporated herein by this reference;

               WHEREAS, Supplier is willing to accept the return of merchandise
purchased by Barry's prior to the Petition Date, for credit against Supplier's
prepetition claim against Barry's in accordance with this Agreement and the Term
Sheet;

               WHEREAS, Barry's desires to obtain merchandise on credit from
Supplier following the Petition Date in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the Term Sheet;

               WHEREAS, Supplier is willing to supply merchandise following the
Petition Date to Barry's on credit, on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement and the Term Sheet;





1
<PAGE>   2


               WHEREAS, the Term Sheet was approved, and Barry's was authorized
to enter into Trade Financing Agreements such as this Agreement, pursuant to an
order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of
California entered on August 7, 1997; and

               WHEREAS, the foregoing Recitals shall be construed as part of
this Agreement.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises
hereinafter contained, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

        B.     RETURN OF GOODS.

               1. Subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Term
Sheet, Barry's agrees to return and deliver, and Supplier agrees to accept
return of $amt75 in merchandise purchased by Barry's prior to the Petition Date
(the "Prepetition Merchandise"). For purposes of this Agreement, in accordance
with Bankruptcy Code section 546(g), the Prepetition Merchandise shall be valued
based solely on the purchase price set forth in the prepetition invoice for such
Prepetition Merchandise, subject to verification by Barry's as to accuracy.
Barry's will use reasonable and good faith efforts, in cooperation with
Supplier, to identify the prepetition invoice pursuant to which Supplier shipped
the Prepetition Merchandise. Should Barry's be unable, despite such reasonable
and good faith efforts, to match the Prepetition Merchandise to be returned to
Supplier with Supplier's invoices, Supplier will nonetheless be required to
accept the Prepetition Merchandise (as long as the Prepetition Merchandise being
returned to Supplier is of the same Category or Categories as the merchandise
supplied to Barry's by Supplier prepetition) and to reduce its Prepetition Claim
(as described in paragraph D.1) accordingly. The Categories shall be: (1)
Diamond Merchandise; (2) Watches; (3) Gold Merchandise; (4) Colored Stone
Merchandise; and (5) Miscellaneous. Barry's may select the Prepetition
Merchandise to be returned in its sole and absolute discretion. For all
purposes, as used in this Agreement, the term Prepetition Merchandise does not
include merchandise obtained by Barry's on consignment or memo.

               2. Prepetition Merchandise returned to Supplier shall be credited
dollar-for-dollar against and shall offset Supplier's Prepetition Claim.

               3. Under any plan of reorganization, the return of the
Prepetition Merchandise shall not be treated as an early "distribution" or early
"dividend" to Supplier on account of Supplier's Prepetition Claim, but rather,
the amount of Supplier's Prepetition Claim entitled to distributions or
dividends under such a plan shall be the amount remaining after the credit and
offset of such claim for the value of the Prepetition Merchandise returned.

               4. In accordance with the terms of the Term Sheet, on or before
September 30, 1997, Barry's shall not return Prepetition Merchandise having more
than






                                       2


<PAGE>   3

a value of thirty-seven and one-half percent (37.5%) of Supplier's Prepetition
Claim. Any additional returns shall be made in accordance with the Term Sheet.
Barry's shall keep Supplier apprised of the timing and amount of any additional
returns.

        C.     POSTPETITION CREDIT.

               1. Supplier hereby agrees to provide postpetition revolving
credit for merchandise purchases to Barry's on 90-day terms in an amount not
less than $amt25, an amount equal to two and one-half times the value of the
Prepetition Merchandise to be returned to Supplier (which minimum level of
credit is hereinafter referred to as the "Minimum Credit Commitment"), for a
period of one year form the date of this Agreement. The Minimum Credit
Commitment shall terminate earlier if there is an uncured and unwaived Event of
Default by Barry's under this Agreement (as set forth in Section F hereof) or an
Event of Default by Barry's under the Term Sheet (as set forth in Section G
hereof).

               2. Supplier will accept orders from Barry's for the purchase of
any goods offered by Supplier for sale to retailers at the same prices offered
by Supplier to Supplier's other mall-based customers of a similar size ("Similar
Customers"), and all shipments must be upon the industry's normal and customary
delivery schedules for the particular type of merchandise. Any and all Credit
Merchandise shall be delivered and accepted pursuant to written policies and
procedures substantially in the form of Exhibit "B" hereto. Supplier will accept
from Barry's returns of any and all Credit Merchandise on terms no less
favorable than Supplier extends to Similar Customers.

               3. To the extent provided in the Term Sheet, Supplier will
receive a superpriority administrative claim pursuant to Bankruptcy Code ss.
364(c)(1) for all unpaid payables under this Agreement subordinate only to any
superpriority administrative claim of the Collateral Agent for a failure of
adequate protection by use of cash collateral.

               4. Upon execution of this Agreement, Barry's will promptly
provide Supplier with an inventory of approximately fifty percent (50%) of the
Prepetition Merchandise to be returned to Supplier. Barry's shall return the
Prepetition Merchandise to Supplier according to the terms of the Term Sheet.

        D.     RECONCILIATION.

               1. Barry's and Supplier agree to cooperate with each other in
conducting a joint review and reconciliation of Barry's prepetition accounts
payable to Supplier, with a view to determining and agreeing upon the exact
amount of Supplier's prepetition claim to be allowed against Barry's in the
chapter 11 case ("Prepetition Claim"); pending agreement on the amount of the
Prepetition Claim, for purposes of determining the maximum amount of Prepetition
Merchandise that may be returned initially and credited against the Supplier's
Prepetition Claim, Barry's records shall be determinative. If Barry's and
Supplier have not reconciled the vendor's Prepetition







                                       3

<PAGE>   4

Claim before September 1, 1997, the participating vendor may ask the Court to
resolve the dispute. The Collateral Agent, the Bank Group and the Bondholders'
Committee shall be deemed parties-in-interest in this reconciliation proceeding
before the Court. If the Court determines that the Prepetition Claim is greater
than that asserted by Barry's, paragraph B.1 above shall be increased
accordingly (and Barry's will return additional Prepetition Merchandise to
Supplier subject to the limitation set forth in paragraph 2 of the Term Sheet)
provided that Supplier increases its Minimum Credit Commitment pursuant to
paragraph C.1 and otherwise complies with the terms of this Agreement and the
Term Sheet.

        E.     TERM OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNABILITY.

               1. This Agreement and the Minimum Credit Commitment shall remain
in full force and effect for a minimum term of one year from the date hereof
unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement or the Term Sheet.
Notwithstanding any expiration or termination of this Agreement, except for the
Minimum Credit Commitment and Supplier's obligations to ship Credit Merchandise,
upon any such termination or expiration the remaining provisions of this
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all Credit Merchandise
delivered to Barry's has been paid for in full, unless this Agreement is
terminated in accordance with paragraph H hereof.

               2. This Agreement is not assignable without the prior written
approval of Supplier and Barry's in their respective sole discretion.

               3. This Agreement shall be binding upon Supplier and its
successors and assigns.

        F.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT BY BARRY'S UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

               1. The following shall constitute Events of Default under this
Agreement by Barry's:

                      a. Default in the payment or performance of any of Barry's
        obligations or agreements hereunder which continues for more than ten
        (10) business days after Barry's receipt of written notice thereof; or

                      b. Any representation or warranty made by Barry's herein
        or in any certificate, statement or agreement, including but not limited
        to any of such furnished in connection with this Agreement, should prove
        to be false or misleading in any material respect.

               2. Any material breach of this Agreement or Event of Default
under this Agreement which, in either case, remains uncured for ten (10)
business days after Barry's receipt of written notice of such breach or Event of
Default under this Agreement, shall entitle Supplier to retain all benefits
hereunder but be relieved of any and all further obligations to provide Barry's
with merchandise.







                                       4


<PAGE>   5


        G.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT BY BARRY'S UNDER THE TERM SHEET.

               1. The occurrence of any of the events set forth in sections a
through e of paragraph 8 of the Term Sheet, unless waived in writing by the
Creditors' Committee in its sole discretion, shall constitute an Event of
Default by Barry's under the Term Sheet.

               2. Unless waived in writing by the Creditors' Committee in its
sole discretion, any material breach of the Term Sheet by Barry's or the
occurrence of an Event of Default by Barry's under the Term Sheet which, in
either case, remains uncured for ten (10) business days after Barry's receipt of
written notice of such breach of Event of Default by Barry's under the Term
Sheet, shall entitle Supplier to: (i) retain all benefits under this Agreement
but to be relieved of any and all further obligations to provide Barry's with
merchandise; and (ii) share, on a pro-rata basis (based on Supplier's claims
under this Agreement) in the proceeds from the Trade Trust and/or the Trade
Subordination (both as defined in the Term Sheet) as and to the extent set forth
in the Term Sheet.

        H.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT BY SUPPLIER.

               1. As used herein, the term "Event of Default by Supplier" shall
mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

                      a. Default in performance of any of Supplier's obligations
        or agreements hereunder which continues for more than ten (10) business
        days after Supplier receives written notice thereof; or

                      b. Any representation or warranty made by Supplier herein
        or in any certificate, statement or agreement furnished in connection
        with this Agreement should prove to be false or misleading in any
        material respect.

               2. Any material breach of this Agreement by Supplier or any Event
of Default by Supplier which, in either case, remains uncured for ten (10)
business days after Supplier's receipt of written notice of such alleged
material breach, shall result in Supplier forfeiting all rights and protections
under this Agreement and the Term Sheet. Barry's shall also retain all rights
and remedies available under applicable law. Barry's agrees to promptly provide
written notice of any material breach by Supplier under this Agreement.

        I.     OTHER PROVISIONS.

               1. Each party to this Agreement agrees that if it hereafter
commences, joins in, or seeks relief through any suit arising out of this
Agreement, then the prevailing party shall pay to the other party all attorneys'
fees and expenses reasonably incurred by said party in defending or otherwise
responding to said suit or claim. Subject to the foregoing, the parties shall
bear their own respective attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with the
negotiation and implementation of this Agreement.









                                       5
<PAGE>   6


               2. Except as expressly set forth herein, nothing herein shall be
deemed to waive any claims or causes of action, including any avoidance actions,
of Supplier, Barry's or Barry's estate.

               3. Barry's will not use the provisions of Bankruptcy Code section
1129, or any other section of the Bankruptcy Code, to alter its obligations
under this Agreement, unless any such alteration is agreed to by Supplier in its
sole discretion. The effectiveness of a plan of reorganization shall constitute
a termination of this Agreement, and all outstanding payables hereunder shall be
paid as set forth in the Term Sheet, unless Supplier agrees otherwise. Supplier
understands that upon confirmation of such plan, any obligations of Barry's
under this Agreement arising thereafter shall not constitute administrative
priority claims, because Barry's ability to confer administrative priority
status in accordance with law shall cease on confirmation of any such plan.

               4. This Agreement and the Term Sheet set forth the parties' final
and entire understanding with respect to its subject matter, cannot be changed,
wavered or terminated orally, and shall be governed by and construed under the
laws of the State of California (without reference to its rules as to conflicts
of law). If any provision shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such
invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not
affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement
and this Agreement shall be construed as if such provision were drafted so as
not to be invalid or unenforceable.

               5. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of
which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
Signatures may be exchanged by telecopy, and each party agrees to be bound by
its own telecopied signature and to accept the telecopied signature of the other
party.

               6. The Bankruptcy Court in Barry's chapter 11 case shall retain
exclusive jurisdiction regarding this Agreement.

               7. Any notice given hereunder or in connection herewith shall be
in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery
(including personal delivery by telecopy), the day of delivery by commercial
courier to a responsible individual or the third day after mailing by certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:











                                       6

<PAGE>   7




                      a.     If to Barry's:

                             Barry's Jewelers, Inc.
                             Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                             111 West Lemon Avenue
                             Monrovia, California 91016
                             Telephone: (818) 303-4741
                             Telecopy: (818) 305-9281

                             With a copy to:

                             Stutman, Treister & Glatt Professional Corporation
                             Attention: Michael L. Tuchin
                             3699 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 900
                             Los Angeles, CA 90010
                             Telephone: (213) 251-5100
                             Telecopy: (213) 251-5288

                      b.     If to Supplier:

                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________

                             With a copy to:

                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________
                      ___________________________________________________



or to such other address as any party may have furnished in writing to the other
party in the manner provided above.

               8. Supplier represents and warrants to Barry's that it has not
assigned or transferred any interest in its Prepetition Claim.

               9. Each signatory hereto represents and warrants that he or she
has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of
the party for whom he or she is executing this Agreement.

               10. Each of the parties hereto has agreed to the use of the
particular language of the provisions of this Agreement, and any question of
doubtful interpreta-








                                       7
<PAGE>   8

tion shall not be resolved by any rule providing for interpretation against the
party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the drafter of this
Agreement.

               11. The parties to this Agreement shall execute or procure the
execution of such documents and take such steps as may reasonably be required to
give the parties the full benefit of this Agreement and the Term Sheet.

               12. To the extent of any inconsistency between this Agreement and
the Term Sheet, the Term Sheet shall govern.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.:                    Randy McCullough


Date: __________________________           By_______________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory

(Company)                                    (FirstName) (LastName)


Date: __________________________           By_______________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory




<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.15(c)

                                    EXHIBIT B

Barry's Jewelers, Inc. has recently established a policy and procedures for all
of its approved vendors. We would greatly appreciate your carefully reviewing
the following policy and procedures. Thereafter, we ask that you please sign a
copy of this Exhibit B acknowledging your consent hereto, and return the copy to
us.

1.      Purchases

        Only a duly authorized purchasing agent may authorize purchases.

2.      Purchase Orders/Consignment Orders

        A) All merchandise ordered, whether oral or written, must be approved by
        an authorized purchasing agent of Barry's Jewelers, Inc. All orders will
        be written on an official purchase order/consignment order.

        B) All merchandise will be shipped to the location designated on each
        purchase order.

        C) All purchase orders will have mutually agreed upon payment terms
        written on the purchase order. The terms will be the latter of the terms
        of the shipping invoice or the terms of the purchase order.

        D) No substitutes will be accepted without the prior consent of the
        authorized purchasing agent. At our option, merchandise substitutes
        without advance approval may be returned to you.

        E) Your company may not modify or vary any provision of the purchase
        order without the prior written approval of an authorized purchasing
        agent.

        F) In the event that any or all of the merchandise delivered under the
        purchase order is defective, or in the event merchandise has been
        delivered pursuant to a sample and the merchandise is not in every
        aspect as represented or warranted or identical to the sample in all
        aspects, then Barry's Jewelers, Inc. at its sole and exclusive option,
        may at any time return the whole or any part of such merchandise ordered
        to you or may retain the same. In the event of rejection, Barry's
        Jewelers, Inc. shall be reimbursed in full for all merchandise.

        G) Transportation costs for goods on back order shall be paid by Barry's
        Jewelers, Inc. at the rates which would have been applicable had the
        complete order been shipped at one time. Any excess transportation costs
        shall be borne by the supplier.

        H) If the goods are FOB shipping point, only actual postage and
        insurance will be paid by Barry's Jewelers, Inc. No service, packing or
        handling charges will be paid by Barry's Jewelers, Inc.

3.      Invoices

        A)   All of your invoices must reference the purchase order number.

        B) Separate invoices must be issued for each purchase order. Do not mix
        merchandise from multiple purchase orders on one invoice.


<PAGE>   2

        C) All invoices must clearly and separately show the "shipped to" and
        "billed to" location and address.

        D) Original invoices must be mailed to the "bill to" address. A copy of
        the invoice must accompany the merchandise to the place of shipment.

4.      Code of Ethics

        A) Under no circumstances are any members of your company to discuss any
        knowledge of Barry's Jewelers, Inc.'s business or business practices
        with other vendors, retailers, or investors without prior approval from
        Barry's Jewelers, Inc. All information about Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and
        the products it purchases are confidential. You may, however, respond to
        normal credit inquiries about Barry's Jewelers, Inc.

        B) Gifts to Barry's Jewelers, Inc. employees are strongly discouraged.
        Any holiday or special occasion gifts must be of a consumable nature and
        minimal (i.e. less than $25) in value.

5.      Warranties and Representations

        A) All merchandise must fully comply with the Federal Trade Commission's
        Guide for the jewelry industry. All karat gold merchandise must be
        plumb. Weights and total weights of all precious and semi-precious
        stones must be accurate within the legal tolerance. Enhancements of any
        precious or semi-precious stones must be disclosed if known. Also, where
        required by law, you will disclose the county of origin of all
        merchandise and so label the merchandise.

        B) All merchandise shipped must fully comply with the National Gold and
        Silver Marketing Act, as amended, and all other applicable federal or
        state laws. Trademarks must accompany quality marks on all
        precious-metal jewelry.

        C) The supplier agrees to indemnify and hold Barry's Jewelers, Inc.
        harmless from and against any injury, loss, damage, claim or liability,
        whether direct or consequential, arising out of the use of, or inability
        to use any of, the goods provided by the supplier. The supplier agrees
        to carry products liability insurance on any goods covered by this
        purchase order, and if requested, to name Barry's Jewelers, Inc. as an
        insured under any such insurance policy. The supplier further agrees to
        indemnify Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and hold it harmless in respect of any
        and all expenses, damages, claims, costs, penalties and fees which it
        may incur or be liable for, whether liquidated or otherwise, in
        connection with the purchase, sale, resale, use, distribution or
        handling of any such goods which are not as agreed, represented and
        warranted above, and to defend any suits brought against Barry's
        Jewelers, Inc. with respect thereto (provided that Barry's Jewelers,
        Inc. may, in its sole discretion, elect to defend any such suits at the
        expense of Barry's Jewelers, Inc.). The acceptance of the purchase order
        constitutes a making of the above agreements, representations and
        warranties, and it is expressly agreed and understood by the parties
        hereto that the above agreements, representations and warranties are
        made for the purpose of inducing the purchase by Barry's Jewelers, Inc.
        of such goods, and that such purchase is made in reliance thereon.


<PAGE>   3

        D) In the event of a breach of the terms of a purchase order by the
        supplier, Barry's Jewelers, Inc. shall be entitled to recover its
        attorney's fees and costs incurred in conjunction with such breach.

        E) Venue with respect to any matters relating to or arising out of any
        dispute regarding purchased goods shall lie in Los Angeles County,
        California, and the laws of the State of California shall apply to any
        such matters.



[SUPPLIER]

                                       By
                                         -----------------------------------
Date:                                    Authorized Signatory
    ----------------------------



<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.15(d)


                                    FORM OF
                              CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement made as of the_________th day of___________, 1997, is by and
between SUPPLIER ("Consignor"), with its principal offices at and Barry's
Jewelers, Inc., a California corporation ("Consignee") with its principal
offices at 111 W. Lemon Ave., Monrovia, CA 91016.




                                   WITNESSETH:
        A.     RECITALS.

WHEREAS, on May 11, 1997 ("Petition Date"), Consignee filed a petition for
relief before the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of
California ("Bankruptcy Court") under title 11, chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, Case No. CA 97-27988-VZ ("Chapter 11 Case");

WHEREAS, Consignee utilizes (DESCRIBE MERCH) and other merchandise in its
operations;

WHEREAS, Consignee desires to obtain goods on consignment from Consignor
following the Petition Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Consignor is willing to consign (DESCRIBE MERCH) and such other
merchandise as is delivered pursuant to this Agreement from time to time
following the Petition Date (the "Consigned Merchandise") to Consignee for sale
or return by Consignee constituting a true consignment, on the terms and
conditions in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to entry of the
Consignment Order (as specified below).

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual
promises hereinafter contained, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

        B.     CONSIGNMENT ARRANGEMENTS.

1.      Consignor shall from time to time deliver to Consignee on consignment
        such amounts of Consigned Merchandise as may be mutually agreed upon,
        upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and, to the extent not
        inconsistent, in the Memo accompanying Consigned Merchandise. The
        delivery date shall be as reasonably specified by Consignee in its
        orders for Consigned Merchandise. Such Consigned Merchandise provided by
        Consignor shall bear the appropriate trademark designated by Consignor.
        Schedule A hereto, prepared by Consignor, lists all such trademarks.
        Consignor shall promptly update








<PAGE>   2

        Schedule A to add new trademarks or delete trademarks, and provide such
        updated Schedule to Consignee.

2.      The Consigned Merchandise shall be maintained at all times at
        Consignee's distribution center(s) or held for sale by Consignee to
        Consignee's customers in the stores Consignee operates, which
        distribution center(s) and stores are listed on Schedule B hereto.
        Schedule B shall include any trade names and the name and state of
        incorporation of any affiliated corporation operating the stores
        referred to therein. Consignee shall promptly update Schedule B to add
        new trade names and states of incorporation and new stores or
        distribution center(s) or delete trade names and states of incorporation
        and stores or distribution centers, and provide such updated Schedule to
        Consignor.

3.      Title to the Consigned Merchandise delivered to Consignee shall at all
        times remain with Consignor until purchased by Consignee at the time of
        its sale to its customer. Consignee may only sell the Consigned
        Merchandise in the ordinary course of its business, and may not sell
        Consigned Merchandise in bulk. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits
        Consignee from selling merchandise other than Consigned Merchandise out
        of the ordinary course of its business or in bulk.

4.      Consignor commits to maintain a minimum amount of $000,000 of Consigned
        Merchandise with Consignee (which minimum level of Consigned Merchandise
        hereinafter is referred to as the "Minimum Commitment") for a period of
        two years from the date of this Agreement; provided that such two-year
        period shall be automatically extended thereafter in one-year increments
        after the expiration of such initial two-year period unless Consignee or
        Consignor in their respective sole discretion provides written notice of
        termination on or before ninety (90) calendar days prior to the
        expiration of such two-year period or ninety (90) calendar days prior to
        the expiration of any one-year extension. The foregoing commitment and
        any obligation of Consignor thereafter to ship Consigned Merchandise
        shall terminate earlier as specified in Paragraph 13 hereof or upon a
        Default by Consignee (as defined in Paragraph 15 hereof). Any consigned
        goods delivered to Consignee prior to the Petition Date and on hand with
        Consignee on the Petition Date (hereinafter "Prepetition Consigned
        Merchandise") shall not be included in determining the Minimum
        Commitment. For all purposes, as used in this Agreement, the term
        Consigned Merchandise does not include Prepetition Consigned
        Merchandise.

5.      Consignee shall insure the Consigned Merchandise for its full value for
        and against all risks of loss. Consignee accepts all risks of loss to
        the Consigned Merchandise from the time accepted by it until returned to
        Consignor. Consignee warrants that it shall promptly pursue on
        Consignor's behalf all remedies and payments in the event of a loss and
        will immediately notify Consignor of any loss.






                                       2

<PAGE>   3


6.      Consignor and Consignee may mutually agree that Consignee shall return
        to Consignor slow moving or obsolete Consigned Merchandise, that
        Consignor shall cease automatic replenishment of such slow moving or
        obsolete Consigned Merchandise, and/or that Consignee shall select
        replacement Consignment Merchandise. Consignor and Consignee shall
        cooperate in good faith regarding all such matters.

7.      Every ninety (90) calendar days, or such other time as mutually agreed
        by Consignor and Consignee, Consignor shall submit to Consignee a
        detailed statement ("Consignor Statement") specifying Consignor's
        records with respect to shipments, returns, credits, invoices and
        balances regarding Consigned Merchandised. Promptly following
        Consignee's receipt of such Consignor Statement, Consignee shall prepare
        and submit to Consignor a report reconciling the Consignor Statement to
        Consignee's records ("Reconciliation Report"). Consignor and Consignee
        shall cooperate in good faith regarding the Reconciliation Report and to
        resolve any differences between the Reconciliation Report and the
        Consignor Statement. Any shrinkage evidenced by the Reconciliation
        Report (as modified to resolve any differences) shall be deemed to
        reflect sales of such Consigned Merchandise as of the date of the
        Reconciliation Report to be paid for by Consignee in accordance with
        Paragraph 8 hereof. In addition to the forgoing, at least once each year
        Consignee shall conduct a physical inventory or other agreed upon method
        for taking inventory, and a Reconciliation Report based thereon shall be
        prepared and any payment due as a result thereof shall be made in
        accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph and Paragraph 8 hereof.

8.      a.      Consignor shall prepare a document, labeled "Memo," which will
                accompany each shipment of Consigned Merchandise to Consignee.
                The Memo shall generally describe and identify the items of
                Consigned Merchandise contained in that shipment.

        b.      Consignee shall, no later than five (5) business days after the
                end of each week, send to Consignor, by fax, a sales report
                listing the piece(s) of Consigned Merchandise sold, transferred
                to layaway or otherwise disposed of during that week (the
                "Consignee Sales Report").

        c.      Upon receipt of the Consignee Sales Report, Consignor shall
                promptly prepare an invoice, setting forth the payment due from
                Consignee based upon the Consignee Sales Report. Consignee shall
                remit payment to Consignor in the amount of such invoice within
                thirty (30) calendar days of Consignee's date of such invoice.

        d.      The prices to be charged by Consignor and to be paid by
                Consignee for the Consigned Merchandise shall be set forth on
                the "Memo" accompanying the goods.




                                       3

<PAGE>   4


        e.      Consignor may at its sole discretion from time to time announce
                a price change for the Consigned Merchandise. Consignor shall
                give Consignee sixty (60) calendar days' prior written or verbal
                notice of any price changes for Consigned Merchandise (new
                prices shall not be materially different than prices charged to
                Consignor's other customers for similar goods sold under similar
                terms and conditions); during this sixty (60) calendar day
                period Consignee may buy Consigned Merchandise from Consignor at
                the old price. New orders by the Consignee after the date of
                notification of a price change shall be made at the new price.
                If Consignee in its sole discretion does not agree to any such
                price change Consignee may promptly return to Consignor all
                unsold Consigned Merchandise subject to such price change, or
                otherwise terminate this Agreement on ten (10) calendar days'
                written notice to Consignor and, in such event, all sold
                Consigned Merchandise shall be paid for and all unsold Consigned
                Merchandise shall be promptly returned to Consignor.

        f.      The terms for reporting sales under Paragraph 8(b) and for
                paying invoices under Paragraph 8(c) may be altered only by the
                prior written consent of Consignor and Consignee.

        g.      Consignee shall be entitled to credit against any outstanding
                amounts otherwise due or thereafter due under a Consignee Sales
                Report, or if no amounts are thereafter due, receive payment
                from Consignor, for any bona fide returns of Consigned
                Merchandise actually returned to Consignee at the store on or
                before thirty (30) calendar days from the date of sale.
                Consignee shall not be entitled to any such credit or payment,
                as the case may be, for any returns after such thirty (30)
                calendar days.


        C.      SECURITY INTEREST IN CONSIGNED MERCHANDISE.

9.      Consignor understands that Consignee commingles all proceeds from the
        sale of inventory, including merchandise on consignment, and that no
        identifiable cash or noncash proceeds now or hereinafter exist in
        Consignee's business.

10.     The parties hereto agree that this Agreement creates a true consignment
        and that all transactions hereunder shall constitute true consignments
        of the Consigned Merchandise and not the purchase and sale of
        merchandise by Consignee. However, in the event that there is a final
        determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that this Agreement
        and the Memos for any reason do not create a true consignment, then in
        such event, Consignee hereby grants to Consignor a continuing security
        interest in the Consigned Merchandise, but not to the cash or noncash
        proceeds thereof now or hereafter existing. Without expressly or
        impliedly limiting the phrase "cash or noncash proceeds now or hereafter
        existing," such phrase includes: (a) any accounts, chattel paper,








                                       4

<PAGE>   5

        general intangibles, or receivables of Consignee created upon the sale
        of the Consigned Merchandise, or (b) any rights in and to any pooling,
        securitization, structured or similar or other financing (including
        without limitation the issuance of asset-backed securities) involving
        any accounts, chattel paper, general intangibles, receivables, or other
        property of Consignee or any of its affiliates, including any
        special-purpose entity organized by or on behalf of Consignee. Consignee
        shall sign and deliver to Consignor such financing statements (UCC-1's)
        and other documents as Consignor may reasonably request to perfect its
        interest as a consignor in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform
        Commercial Code. Such UCC-1 financing statements will expressly exclude
        proceeds (as broadly illustrated herein) from the description of
        collateral and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Consignee.

11.     Consignee warrants that except with respect to the security interests of
        the parties identified on Schedule C, Consignor's security interest in
        Consigned Merchandise created under Paragraph 10 hereof, and any other
        security interest given in goods on consignment, Consignee will not
        hereafter permit any other security interest or other lien or
        encumbrance to attach to Consigned Merchandise (excluding proceeds, as
        broadly defined herein) at any time.

        D.      TERM OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNABILITY.

12.     This Agreement and the Minimum Commitment thereunder shall remain in
        full force and effect for a minimum term of two years from the date
        hereof and shall be automatically extended thereafter in one-year
        increments in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4 hereof
        regarding the automatic extension of the Minimum Commitment unless
        terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement, including, without
        limitation, a termination resulting from Default by Consignee.
        Notwithstanding any expiration or termination of this Agreement for any
        reason, except for the Minimum Commitment and Consignor's obligation
        thereafter to ship Consigned Merchandise, upon any such termination or
        expiration the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in
        full force and effect until all Consigned Merchandise delivered to
        Consignee is purchased and paid for by Consignee or returned to
        Consignor, and, in such event, upon written demand of Consignor the
        following shall promptly occur: (a) Consignee shall return to Consignor
        all remaining Consigned Merchandise, (b) Consignee shall issue a final
        Consignee Sales Report, (c) payment thereon shall be made in accordance
        with Paragraph 8 hereof, and (d) the parties shall undertake to
        reconcile any differences in their respective records in accordance with
        Paragraph 7 hereof.

13.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Minimum
        Commitment and any obligation of Consignor to continue to ship Consigned
        Merchandise shall terminate unless either (a) or (b) timely occurs: (a)
        on or before November 3, 1997, an order is entered in the Chapter 11
        Case approving debtor in possession financing or otherwise authorizing
        Consignee to use cash






                                       5


<PAGE>   6

        and proceeds constituting cash collateral within the meaning of the
        Bankruptcy Code sufficient to pay all postpetition obligations of
        Consignee when due and payable through no earlier than February 28,
        1998; or (b)(i) on or before December 1, 1997, Consignor and Consignee
        -- enter into a written agreement (which agreement is binding on
        Consignor and its estate) mutually acceptable to the parties pursuant to
        which Consignee shall place in a deposit account (for Consignor's sole
        benefit) funds sufficient to satisfy Consignee's obligations hereunder
        for Consigned Merchandise estimated to be sold in December 1997 and (ii)
        Consignee actually places such funds in such account (for ---
        Consignor's sole benefit) on or before December 8, 1997. If event (a)
        above does not occur by November 3, 1997, then the Minimum Commitment
        and any obligation of Consignor to continue to ship Consigned
        Merchandise shall terminate on December 1, 1997 unless event (b)(i)
        above timely occurs on that date. If event (b)(i) above timely occurs on
        December 1, 1997, then the Minimum Commitment and any obligation of
        Consignor to continue to ship Consigned Merchandise shall terminate on
        December 8, 1997 if event (b)(ii) above does not timely occur on that
        date. In the event of any termination of the Minimum Commitment and any
        obligation thereunder to ship Consigned Merchandise, the remaining
        provisions of this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and
        effect until all Consigned Merchandise delivered to Consignee is
        purchased and paid for by Consignee or returned to Consignor, and, in
        such event, upon written demand of Consignor the following shall
        promptly occur: (a) Consignee shall return to Consignor all remaining
        Consigned Merchandise; (b) Consignee shall issue a final Consignee Sales
        Report, (c) payment thereon shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 8
        above, and (d) the parties shall undertake to reconcile any differences
        in their respective records in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof.

14.     The Agreement is not assignable without the prior written approval of
        Consignor and Consignee in their respective sole discretion.

        E.      DEFAULTS.

15.     As used herein, the term "Default by Consignee" shall mean the
        occurrence of any one or more of the following:

        a.      Default in the payment or performance of any of Consignee's
                obligations or agreements hereunder which continues for more
                than ten (10) business days after Consignor gives Consignee
                written notice thereof; or

        b.      Any representation or warranty made by Consignee herein or in
                any certificate, statement or agreement furnished in connection
                with this Agreement should prove to be false or misleading in
                any material respect; or

        c.      An order of the Bankruptcy Court is entered (i) prohibiting
                Consignee's use of cash and cash proceeds constituting cash
                collateral within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code sufficient
                to timely pay all postpetition






                                       6

<PAGE>   7

                obligations of Consignee when due and payable; (ii) appointing a
                chapter 11 trustee in the Chapter 11 Case; (iii) converting the
                Chapter 11 Case to a chapter 7; or (iv) dismissing the Chapter
                11 Case; or

        d.      Consignee moves the Bankruptcy Court for an order, or any order
                is otherwise entered in the Chapter 11 Case, granting a lien on
                Consigned Merchandise, other than a lien junior in all respects
                to the interest of Consignor therein; or

        e.      The occurrence of an adverse event that materially impairs
                Consignee's performance under this Agreement; or

        f.      Any two of Samuel Merksamer, E. Peter Healey or Randy McCullough
                are no longer employed by Consignee in capacities having at
                least as much responsibility as each held as of the Petition
                Date.

        g.      An order of the Bankruptcy Court is entered authorizing the sale
                of Consignee or substantially all of the assets of the
                Consignee.

        In the event of Default by Consignee, subject to the Consignment Order
        Consignor shall have all rights and remedies available under applicable
        law. In addition to Consignee's liability hereunder for the payment for,
        or return of, all Consigned Merchandise, Consignee shall indemnify and
        hold Consignor harmless for any costs, damages or expenses, including
        reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, resulting from any Default by
        Consignee constituting a fraudulent or malicious act by Consignee.

16.     As used herein, the term "Default by Consignor" shall mean the
        occurrence of any one or more of the following:

        a.      Default in performance of any of Consignor's obligations or
                agreements hereunder which continues for more than ten (10)
                business days after Consignee gives Consignor written notice
                thereof; or

        b.      Any representation or warranty made by Consignor herein or in
                any certificate, statement or agreement furnished in connection
                with this Agreement should prove to be false or misleading in
                any material respect; or

        c.      The occurrence of an adverse event that materially impairs
                Consignor's performance under this Agreement.

In the event of Default by Consignor, subject to the Consignment Order Consignee
shall have all rights and remedies available under applicable law.





                                       7

<PAGE>   8

        F.      CONSIGNMENT ORDER.

17.     The effectiveness of this Agreement is conditioned upon entry of the
        Consignment Order: (i) authorizing Consignee to enter into and perform
        under an agreement substantially in the form of this Agreement (which
        agreement, including this Agreement, is referred to as a "Postpetition
        Consignment Agreement"); (ii) providing that such Postpetition
        Consignment Agreement shall be binding and enforceable on Consignee and
        the estate and shall be in full force and effect; (iii) specifying that
        a Consignor may file UCC-1's and any other documents reasonably required
        by such Consignor to perfect its interest in Consigned Merchandise
        (other than proceeds) under such Postpetition Consignment Agreement;
        (iv) providing that all amounts payable under such Postpetition
        Consignment Agreement with respect to Consigned Merchandise shall at all
        times, before or after any termination thereof, constitute an allowed
        administrative expense claim under Bankruptcy Code sections 503(b)(1)(A)
        and 507(a)(1) against Consignee and its estate and any superseding case
        of Consignee; and (v) providing that pending the effectiveness of a plan
        of reorganization the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction
        over any dispute or matter arising under such Postpetition Consignment
        Agreement, including the allowability of and payment on any claims
        entitled to priority hereunder, and that, subject to the foregoing,
        Consignor shall be entitled to exercise all rights and remedies under
        the Uniform Commercial Code and otherwise with respect to Consigned
        Merchandise, and provide all notices authorized under such Postpetition
        Consignment Agreement, including exercising rights in and to Consigned
        Merchandise, notwithstanding the Chapter 11 Case and the automatic stay
        otherwise in effect in the Chapter 11 Case or any superseding case of
        Consignee.

        G.      OTHER PROVISIONS.

18.     This Agreement only governs the rights and obligations of the parties
        regarding Consigned Merchandise and does not address the rights and
        obligations of the parties in and to Prepetition Consigned Merchandise.

19.     Any and all Consigned Merchandise shall be delivered and accepted
        pursuant to written policies and procedures reasonably adopted by
        Consignee and approved by Consignor in writing.

20.     Each party to this Agreement agrees that if it hereafter commences,
        joins in, or seeks relief through any suit arising out of this
        Agreement, then the prevailing party shall pay to the other party all
        attorneys' fees and expenses reasonably incurred by said party in
        defending or otherwise responding to said suit or claim. Subject to the
        foregoing, the parties shall bear their own respective attorneys' fees
        and expenses in connection with the negotiation and implementation of
        this Agreement.








                                       8
<PAGE>   9


21.     Consignee will not use the provisions of Bankruptcy Code section 1129 or
        any other section of the Bankruptcy Code to alter its obligations under
        this Agreement, unless any such alteration is agreed to by Consignor in
        its sole discretion; provided that Consignor agrees that the
        confirmation or effectiveness of a plan of reorganization shall not
        cause or constitute an acceleration of the obligations under, or
        termination of, this Agreement. Consignor understands that upon
        confirmation of such plan, any obligations of Consignee under this
        Agreement arising thereafter shall not constitute administrative
        priority claims, because Consignee's ability to confer administrative
        priority status in accordance with law shall cease on confirmation of
        any such plan.

22.     This Agreement sets forth the parties' final and entire understanding
        with respect to its subject matter, cannot be changed, wavered or
        terminated orally and shall be governed by and construed under the laws
        of the State of California (without reference to its rules as to
        conflicts of law). If any provision shall be held invalid or
        unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to
        such provision and shall not effect or render invalid or unenforceable
        any other provision of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be
        construed as if such provision were drafted so as not to be invalid or
        unenforceable.

23.     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so
        executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of
        which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
        Signatures may be exchanged by telecopy, and each party agrees to be
        bound by its own telecopied signature and to accept the telecopied
        signatures of the other parties.

24.     All notices under this agreement will be in writing and will be
        delivered by personal service or telegram, telecopy or certified mail to
        such address as may be designated from time to time by the relevant
        party, and which will initially be as set forth below:

        If to Consignee:                        If to Consignor:

        Barry's Jewelers, Inc.                  NAME
        111 W. Lemon Avenue                     ADDRESS
        Monrovia, CA  91016                     CITY
        Attn:  Randy McCullough                 Attn:












                                       9
<PAGE>   10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.:                      NAME
(Consignee)                                  (CONSIGNOR)

Date: __________________________             DATE: ____________________________



________________________________             __________________________________
Authorized Signatory                         Authorized Signatory






















                                       10
<PAGE>   11

                            SCHEDULE A TO CONSIGNMENT
                    AGREEMENT BETWEEN BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.,
                                  AND CONSIGNOR






















                                       11
<PAGE>   12

                            SCHEDULE B TO CONSIGNMENT
                    AGREEMENT BETWEEN BARRY'S JEWELERS, INC.
                                  AND CONSIGNOR



                           SEE STORE LISTING ATTACHED






























                                       12

<PAGE>   13



                     SCHEDULE C TO CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN BARRY'S
                          JEWELERS, INC. AND CONSIGNOR



1. Bank Boston, N.A., individually and as agent ("Agent") for CIT Group/Business
Credit, Inc., Sanwa Business Credit Corporation, and Jackson National Life
Insurance Company, and each of their respective successors and assigns
(collectively, the "Lenders").

2. CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., and its successors and assigns;

3. Sanwa Business Credit Corporation, and its successors and assigns;

4. Jackson National Life Insurance Company, and its successors and assig\ns;

5. First Trust National Association, as the trustee (the "Indenture Trustee")
for the holders of 11% Senior Secured Notes due December 22, 2000, and its
successors and assigns;

6. The holders of the 11% Senior Secured Notes due December 22, 2000, and their
successors and assigns;

7. BankBoston, N.A., as the collateral agent for itself (for the benefit of the
Lenders) and the Indenture Trustee, and its successors and assigns.














                                       13

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No.
33-67814 of Barry's Jewelers, Inc. in Form S-8 of our report dated October 1,
1997 appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Barry's Jewelers, Inc. for
the year ended May 31, 1997.

Our audit of the financial statements referred to in our aforementioned report
also included the financial statement schedule of Barry's Jewelers, Inc. and
Subsidiary, listed in Item 14.  The financial statement schedule is the
responsibility of the Corporation's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion based on our audit.  In our opinion, such financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken
as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein. 


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
October 14, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAY-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JUN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAY-31-1997
<CASH>                                           7,322
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   64,852
<ALLOWANCES>                                  (10,300)
<INVENTORY>                                     41,374
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               105,390
<PP&E>                                          24,836
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (9,413)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 123,483
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            5,908
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        33,247
<OTHER-SE>                                    (45,943)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   123,483
<SALES>                                        130,446
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               144,346
<CGS>                                           93,002
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   93,002
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                64,641
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                18,766
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              12,745
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (44,808)
<INCOME-TAX>                                       284
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (45,092)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  (876)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (45,968)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (11.47)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (11.47)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission